Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,583 missions · 1,248 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1335Completed1248All2583
Optimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustifying Conditional Portfolio Decisions via Optimal Transport 3: For a Fiber of Radius γ > 0 and a Budget ρ > ρ_max, the Worst-Case Conditional Expected Loss Collapses to sup_y ℓ(y)Research Paper

Motivation

A portfolio manager who observes a covariate today, say a vector of macroeconomic indicators x0x_0x0​, wants an allocation that performs well on the returns YYY that follow such a covariate. With finitely many historical pairs (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​) the conditional law of YYY given X=x0X=x_0X=x0​ is poorly estimated: usually no sample has covariate exactly x0x_0x0​, and few have covariates near it. Distributionally robust optimization hedges against this estimation error by optimizing against the worst distribution in a ball around the empirical one. Nguyen, Zhang, Wang, Blanchet, Delage and Ye (arXiv:2103.16451, Operations Research, 2025) study this problem with an optimal transport ball and a conditional objective. Before giving tractable reformulations they identify the regimes in which the robust problem is degenerate. This mission covers one of those regimes, a transport budget large enough to empty a fiber of positive radius.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY be Polish spaces (covariates and returns) and let (x^i,y^i)∈X×Y(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)\in\mathcal X\times\mathcal Y(x^i​,y^​i​)∈X×Y, i∈[N]i\in[N]i∈[N], be the data, with empirical distribution P^=N−1∑iδ(x^i,y^i)\hat{\mathbb P}=N^{-1}\sum_i\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^=N−1∑i​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​. Ground costs DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ and DY\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}DY​ combine into the separable cost D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX(x,x′)+DY(y,y′)\mathbb D((x,y),(x',y'))=\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x')+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,y')D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX​(x,x′)+DY​(y,y′). The optimal transport cost W(Q,P^)\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P})W(Q,P^) is the least expected cost Eπ[D]\mathbb E_\pi[\mathbb D]Eπ​[D] over couplings π\piπ of Q\mathbb QQ and P^\hat{\mathbb P}P^, and the ambiguity set is the ball

Bρ={Q∈M(X×Y):W(Q,P^)≤ρ}.\mathbb B_\rho=\{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal M(\mathcal X\times\mathcal Y):\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P})\le\rho\}.Bρ​={Q∈M(X×Y):W(Q,P^)≤ρ}.

The conditioning event is the fiber Nγ(x0)×Y\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\times\mathcal YNγ​(x0​)×Y, with Nγ(x0)={x:DX(x,x0)≤γ}\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)=\{x:\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le\gamma\}Nγ​(x0​)={x:DX​(x,x0​)≤γ} and fiber radius γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. For a loss ℓ(y)\ell(y)ℓ(y) (the loss of a fixed portfolio at return yyy) the worst-case conditional expected loss is

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X∈Nγ(x0))>0 EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ(x0)],\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))>0}\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}\big[\ell(Y)\mid X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\big],Q∈Bρ​, Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))>0sup​ EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ​(x0​)],

problem (12) of the paper, where the strict inequality avoids conditioning on null sets. The threshold

ρmax⁡(x0,γ)=inf⁡{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ(x0))=0}\rho_{\max}(x_0,\gamma)=\inf\{\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P}):\mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))=0\}ρmax​(x0​,γ)=inf{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))=0}

is the least budget that empties the fiber. With I1={i:x^i∈Nγ(x0)}\mathcal I_1=\{i:\hat x_i\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\}I1​={i:x^i​∈Nγ​(x0​)} and did_idi​ the cost from x^i\hat x_ix^i​ to the boundary ∂Nγ(x0)\partial\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)∂Nγ​(x0​), the paper computes it in closed form. Throughout, the paper's Assumption 2.4 holds: the costs are symmetric, nonnegative and continuous, and D\mathbb DD vanishes exactly on the diagonal; projections onto Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) are unique; and every boundary point of Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) has points outside it at arbitrarily small cost.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.2

For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and ρ>ρmax⁡(x0,γ)\rho>\rho_{\max}(x_0,\gamma)ρ>ρmax​(x0​,γ), and every loss ℓ\ellℓ,

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X∈Nγ(x0))>0EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ(x0)]=sup⁡y∈Yℓ(y).\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))>0}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}\big[\ell(Y)\mid X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\big]=\sup_{y\in\mathcal Y}\ell(y).Q∈Bρ​, Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))>0sup​EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X∈Nγ​(x0​)]=y∈Ysup​ℓ(y).

Milestones

  1. The decomposition (24): Q∈Bρ\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ∈Bρ​ iff Q=N−1∑iπi\mathbb Q=N^{-1}\sum_i\pi_iQ=N−1∑i​πi​ with N−1∑iEπi[DX(X,x^i)+DY(Y,y^i)]≤ρN^{-1}\sum_i\mathbb E_{\pi_i}[\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(X,\hat x_i)+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(Y,\hat y_i)]\le\rhoN−1∑i​Eπi​​[DX​(X,x^i​)+DY​(Y,y^​i​)]≤ρ.
  2. Proposition 4.1: ρmax⁡(x0,γ)=N−1∑i∈I1di\rho_{\max}(x_0,\gamma)=N^{-1}\sum_{i\in\mathcal I_1}d_iρmax​(x0​,γ)=N−1∑i∈I1​​di​.
  3. A conditional expectation of ℓ(Y)\ell(Y)ℓ(Y) never exceeds sup⁡yℓ(y)\sup_y\ell(y)supy​ℓ(y).
  4. For every y0y_0y0​, some Q′∈Bρ\mathbb Q'\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ′∈Bρ​ with positive fiber mass has conditional expected loss ℓ(y0)\ell(y_0)ℓ(y0​).

Significance

Proposition 4.2 is a negative result with a practical consequence: when the budget ρ\rhoρ exceeds ρmax⁡\rho_{\max}ρmax​, the robust conditional loss equals the worst loss over the whole return space and ignores the data. The modeler must therefore keep ρ<ρmax⁡\rho<\rho_{\max}ρ<ρmax​, and Proposition 4.1 makes that threshold computable from the samples. In that regime the paper replaces the strict constraint by a positive mass requirement (Proposition 4.3) and derives a finite-dimensional dual (Theorem 4.4); those results are separate missions of this series.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. The mission formalizes them in Lean 4 on top of Mathlib, using a published optimal transport cost and a published extended-real integral. The decomposition (24) is reusable for every argument about empirical optimal transport balls with finitely many atoms. The formal statement of Proposition 4.1 makes explicit a regularity condition on the boundary that the paper's proof uses but does not state.

Difficulty

The upper bound is elementary. The lower bound needs, for each y0y_0y0​, a feasible distribution whose conditional law on the fiber is concentrated at y0y_0y0​. The construction printed on p. 46 keeps a positive mass of a sample inside the fiber, so its conditional expectation mixes ℓ(y0)\ell(y_0)ℓ(y0​) with a sample loss; that construction has to be corrected. Proposition 4.1 needs a matching lower bound on the cost of every fiber-emptying coupling, and an exit cost from the fiber that equals the boundary distance did_idi​. For a general continuous DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ this fails. The decomposition (24) needs an optimal coupling to exist, which on Polish spaces with a lower semicontinuous cost is Villani's existence theorem. Mathlib does not have that theorem.

Formalization scope

  • X,Y\mathcal X,\mathcal YX,Y are Polish Borel spaces; [N][N][N] is Fin N with N>0N>0N>0; repeated samples are allowed.
  • W\mathbb WW is RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost, an infimum over couplings with a [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued cost; the paper's "min" is not built into the definition.
  • Expectations are ∫ℓ+−∫ℓ−\int\ell^+-\int\ell^-∫ℓ+−∫ℓ− in EReal (ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral), never a Bochner integral, which would assign 000 to a non-integrable loss. Both sides of the goal are extended reals; sup⁡yℓ(y)\sup_y\ell(y)supy​ℓ(y) may be +∞+\infty+∞.
  • The loss at a fixed portfolio (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β) is an arbitrary function L:Y→RL:\mathcal Y\to\mathbb RL:Y→R, with no measurability or boundedness assumed.
  • The conditional expectation is Q(S)−1⋅EQ[ℓ 1S]\mathbb Q(S)^{-1}\cdot\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell\,\mathbb 1_S]Q(S)−1⋅EQ​[ℓ1S​] and is evaluated only at measures with Q(S)>0\mathbb Q(S)>0Q(S)>0. The supremum ranges exactly over probability measures in the ball with positive fiber mass.
  • The radius enters as ENNReal.ofReal ρ; the hypothesis ρmax⁡<ρ\rho_{\max}<\rhoρmax​<ρ forces ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, and (24) carries 0≤ρ0\le\rho0≤ρ.
  • κi\kappa_iκi​ and did_idi​ are real infima; ∂\partial∂ is the topological frontier in X\mathcal XX.
  • Assumption 2.4 is a structure hypothesis on every theorem. Proposition 4.1 additionally carries BoundaryRegular, which is not in the paper: the boundary is nonempty, the exit cost of a sample inside the fiber equals did_idi​, and di=κid_i=\kappa_idi​=κi​ for samples outside. It mentions only DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ and the samples and holds when DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​ is a norm distance. The goal does not carry it.
  • The goal's hypothesis is ρ>ρmax⁡\rho>\rho_{\max}ρ>ρmax​ with ρmax⁡\rho_{\max}ρmax​ as defined (an infimum over measures), not its closed form, so Proposition 4.1 is not built into the goal.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: no conditional expectation is evaluated at fiber mass zero, the expectation is not a Bochner integral, ρ<0\rho<0ρ<0 cannot enter through ofReal, and the supremum is over the ball with positive fiber mass, not over all measures.

Needed infrastructure: finitely supported measures and their couplings, convexity of W(⋅,P^)\mathbb W(\cdot,\hat{\mathbb P})W(⋅,P^), and for (24) the existence of optimal couplings on Polish spaces. These are reusable well beyond this paper, and contributions toward them are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, F. Zhang, S. Wang, J. Blanchet, E. Delage, Y. Ye, Robustifying conditional portfolio decisions via optimal transport, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2103.16451v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.16451
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009 (Theorem 4.1, existence of optimal couplings). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing II: With Store-Wise Homogeneous Discounts, Some Optimal Sequential Assortments Are Nested and Revenue-OrderedResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that operates several physical stores can show a customer who finds nothing she likes in her store the products that other stores carry, for example on an in-store screen or a magic mirror, and ship the chosen product from the other store. The customer then buys at a utility discount: shipping takes time and the product cannot be tried on. Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (2025) compare two ways of making such recommendations. Under simultaneous recommendation (SMR) all products of all stores are shown at once; under sequential recommendation (SQR) the customer first sees the products of her own store and is shown the other stores' products only if she buys nothing. The SQR choice model is the impatient-customer multinomial logit (MNL) model of Gao et al. (2021) applied store by store.

Under SMR the seller can do no better than letting every store offer the single-store optimal assortment (Theorem 1 of the paper, the subject of mission I of this series). Under SQR the seller can do better: the assortment of one store becomes a second-chance offer to the customers of every other store. The SQR problem with general discounts is NP-hard (Proposition 3 of the paper). This mission formalizes the structural result that makes the problem tractable when the discounts depend only on the store a customer visits.

Setting

A seller runs m≥2m\ge2m≥2 stores and sells nnn products. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of the customers visits store iii, with ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1. Product kkk has revenue rkr_krk​, with r1>r2>⋯>rn>0r_1>r_2>\dots>r_n>0r1​>r2​>⋯>rn​>0, and attraction value vk>0v_k>0vk​>0; not buying has attraction 111. A profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\mathbf S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) lists the assortment of each store, and Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​. A customer of store iii who buys product kkk from store jjj pays a utility discount cijk≥0c_{ij}^k\ge0cijk​≥0, with ciik=0c_{ii}^k=0ciik​=0, and cik(S)c_i^k(\mathbf S)cik​(S) is the smallest such discount over the stores that offer kkk. Under SQR the probability that a customer of store iii buys product kkk is

pikQ(S)=vk1+V(Si)  (k∈Si),pikQ(S)=vke−cik(S)(1+V(Si))(1+V(Si)+∑l∈Sˉ∖Sivle−cil(S))  (k∈Sˉ∖Si),p^Q_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\frac{v_k}{1+V(S_i)}\ \ (k\in S_i),\qquad p^Q_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\frac{v_k e^{-c_i^k(\mathbf S)}}{\big(1+V(S_i)\big)\big(1+V(S_i)+\sum_{l\in\bar S\setminus S_i}v_le^{-c_i^l(\mathbf S)}\big)}\ \ (k\in\bar S\setminus S_i),pikQ​(S)=1+V(Si​)vk​​  (k∈Si​),pikQ​(S)=(1+V(Si​))(1+V(Si​)+∑l∈Sˉ∖Si​​vl​e−cil​(S))vk​e−cik​(S)​  (k∈Sˉ∖Si​),

and 000 otherwise, where V(S)=∑k∈SvkV(S)=\sum_{k\in S}v_kV(S)=∑k∈S​vk​ and W(S)=∑k∈SrkvkW(S)=\sum_{k\in S}r_kv_kW(S)=∑k∈S​rk​vk​. The seller maximizes the expected revenue

R(S)=∑i=1mλi∑k=1nrk pikQ(S)(SQR).R(\mathbf S)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\sum_{k=1}^n r_k\,p^Q_{ik}(\mathbf S)\qquad\text{(SQR)}.R(S)=i=1∑m​λi​k=1∑n​rk​pikQ​(S)(SQR).

The discounts are universally homogeneous if cijk=c>0c_{ij}^k=c>0cijk​=c>0 for all i≠ji\ne ji=j, and store-wise homogeneous if cijk=ci>0c_{ij}^k=c_i>0cijk​=ci​>0 for all i≠ji\ne ji=j: the discount depends only on the store the customer visits. The single-store problem is R∗=max⁡SW(S)/(1+V(S))R^*=\max_S W(S)/(1+V(S))R∗=maxS​W(S)/(1+V(S)) (3). An assortment is revenue-ordered if it equals {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} for some k∈[n]k\in[n]k∈[n], and S~\tilde SS~ denotes the smallest revenue-ordered optimal solution of (3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 17)

If the discounts are store-wise homogeneous, λm=min⁡{λ1,…,λm}\lambda_m=\min\{\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_m\}λm​=min{λ1​,…,λm​} and c1≤c2≤⋯≤cmc_1\le c_2\le\dots\le c_mc1​≤c2​≤⋯≤cm​, then some optimal solution of (SQR) satisfies

S1∗⊆S2∗⊆⋯⊆Sm−1∗⊆S~⊆Sm∗,S_1^*\subseteq S_2^*\subseteq\dots\subseteq S_{m-1}^*\subseteq\tilde S\subseteq S_m^*,S1∗​⊆S2∗​⊆⋯⊆Sm−1∗​⊆S~⊆Sm∗​,

with every Si∗S_i^*Si∗​ revenue-ordered.

Milestones

  1. Existence of S~\tilde SS~ (p. 11): a smallest revenue-ordered optimal solution of (3) exists.
  2. Lemma B.3 (p. 36): a three-store, four-product comparison of three explicit profiles.
  3. Proposition B.1 (p. 35): if λm\lambda_mλm​ is minimal and cmc_mcm​ maximal, some optimal solution has Si∗⊆Sm∗S_i^*\subseteq S_m^*Si∗​⊆Sm∗​ for all iii.
  4. Lemma B.2 (p. 35): the one-store problem (8) with a fixed second-step set has an optimum that is revenue-ordered within that set.
  5. Claim in the proof of Lemma B.1 (p. 38): a unique optimum of (8) shrinks as the discount factor grows.
  6. Lemma B.1 (p. 35): under the hypotheses of Theorem 4, some optimal solution is nested, S1∗⊆⋯⊆Sm∗S_1^*\subseteq\dots\subseteq S_m^*S1∗​⊆⋯⊆Sm∗​.
  7. Lemma B.4 (p. 39): f(x)=∑i(ai+bix)/(di+x)f(x)=\sum_i(a_i+b_ix)/(d_i+x)f(x)=∑i​(ai​+bi​x)/(di​+x) is quasi-convex on x≥0x\ge0x≥0 when ai/bia_i/b_iai​/bi​ decreases and did_idi​ increases.
  8. (B.4) and (B.5) (pp. 40–41): for a nested profile whose last store misses product kkk, adding kkk or truncating the last store does not lose revenue.
  9. Proposition B.2 (p. 35): some optimal solution is nested and all revenue-ordered.
  10. Step 3, Cases 1 and 2 (p. 43): moving stores k+1,…,m−1k+1,\dots,m-1k+1,…,m−1 to S~\tilde SS~, or growing store mmm towards S~\tilde SS~, does not lose revenue.
  11. Theorem 3 (p. 16) and Theorem 2 (p. 15): the universally homogeneous mmm-store and two-store versions.

Significance

Theorem 4 reduces the SQR problem with store-wise homogeneous discounts from a search over 2mn2^{mn}2mn profiles to a search over nested chains of prefixes, of which there are polynomially many for fixed mmm. It also gives an operational rule: the store with the lowest demand and the largest discount for its customers carries the widest assortment, wider than the single-store optimum S~\tilde SS~, and every other store carries a prefix that fits inside S~\tilde SS~. Example 2 of the paper (p. 18) shows that when the two orderings point in opposite directions an optimal solution need not be revenue-ordered, so both hypotheses carry weight.

The result is proved in the paper's Online and Additional Supplements. None of it is machine-checked. A formal development would also settle two places where the printed proof is incomplete: the proof of Proposition B.2 ends with "If we continue the analysis, one can show…", and it applies Lemma B.4 with some coefficients ai=0a_i=0ai​=0 and a reordered index, outside the lemma's stated hypotheses.

Difficulty

The revenue of one store depends on the assortments of all others through Sˉ∖Si\bar S\setminus S_iSˉ∖Si​, and the objective is a sum of ratios of ratios. The classical argument for MNL assortment problems, that a product with revenue above the current optimum should be added, does not transfer: adding a product to store iii raises store iii's first-step revenue but also changes the second-step offer to every other store's customers, and removing it from store iii moves it into the second step. A local exchange that improves one store can hurt another, so revenue-ordering has to be established jointly with the nesting, and the order of the stores (by λi\lambda_iλi​ and by cic_ici​) determines which exchanges are safe.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n and the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1; stores are Fin (M + 2), so m≥2m\ge2m≥2 and stores m−1m-1m−1, mmm are the last two indices. Assortments are Finset (Fin n). The attraction values vkv_kvk​ are the primitive data. The factor e−cik(S)e^{-c_i^k(\mathbf S)}e−cik​(S) is the largest e−cijke^{-c_{ij}^k}e−cijk​ over the stores offering kkk, and 000 when none does. The choice probabilities (2) and the objective (SQR) are the model; the Gumbel derivation of (2) (Proposition 1, from Gao et al. 2021) is not formalized. Store-wise homogeneity is a predicate on a general discount array, not a separate model.

The standing assumptions of §3 are explicit hypotheses everywhere: λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, r1>⋯>rnr_1>\dots>r_nr1​>⋯>rn​, vk>0v_k>0vk​>0, ciik=0c_{ii}^k=0ciik​=0. Two hypotheses are pinned and disclosed: rk>0r_k>0rk​>0 (revenues are prices; Lemma B.3 is false with a negative revenue), and n≥1n\ge1n≥1 wherever revenue-ordered sets appear, since {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} with k∈[n]k\in[n]k∈[n] is nonempty. Lemma B.3 takes nonnegative revenues and attraction values, because the proof of Proposition B.1 applies it to proxy products that may be empty.

"Optimal" means a global maximizer of (SQR) over all profiles, ties allowed. S~\tilde SS~ enters as the hypothesis that a given set is the smallest revenue-ordered optimum of (3); the first milestone shows the hypothesis can be met, so the goal is not vacuous. A formalization in which S~\tilde SS~ is an arbitrary optimum, the discount factor ignores which store offers a product, or mmm is fixed to 222 would be a different theorem and is ruled out. The inequalities (B.4), (B.5) and those of Step 3 are stated for every profile of the stated shape rather than only for an optimal one, since for an optimal profile they would hold trivially.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulations of MNL ratios, a reusable lemma that the single-store MNL problem has a revenue-ordered optimum, and quasi-convexity of sums of linear-fractional functions (Lemma B.4, a pure real-analysis statement of independent use). Contributions of any milestone, of alternative proofs of Theorem 4, and of proofs of the companion Theorems 2 and 3 are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761 (formalized from the authors' manuscript of 2024-09-17 with its Online and Additional Supplements).
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization and pricing under the multinomial logit model with impatient customers: Sequential recommendation and selection, Operations Research 69(5):1509–1532, 2021. https://pubsonline.informs.org/journal/opre
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1):15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing IV: Full Assortments at Constant Adjusted Markups Solve Joint Pricing Under Simultaneous RecommendationResearch Paper

Motivation

Retail chains increasingly let a customer who visits one store buy a product that only another store carries, delivered from that store or picked up later. Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (MSOM 2025, DOI 10.1287/msom.2024.0761) study how a seller operating several stores should choose assortments when customers can substitute across stores at a utility cost, and compare two ways of presenting the other stores' products: simultaneous recommendation (SMR), where they are shown together with the visited store's assortment, and sequential recommendation (SQR), where they are shown only after the customer declines everything in the visited store.

For fixed prices, the paper shows that under SMR the best a chain can do is to offer the single-store optimal assortment everywhere (its Theorem 1). Section 8 asks whether this survives when the seller also sets prices, store by store. This mission formalizes the answer, Theorem 6: under SMR with joint pricing, offering every product in every store at the classical single-store constant adjusted markup prices is optimal. It also formalizes the paper's Proposition 9, which transfers this solution to SQR with a factor-½ revenue guarantee.

The single-store ingredient is older. For the multinomial logit (MNL) model with product-specific price sensitivities, the optimal prices share a common markup adjusted by the reciprocal sensitivity; this goes back to work on MNL multi-product pricing such as Li and Huh (2011) and is stated in this form by Wang (2012), whom the paper cites.

Setting

There are mmm stores i∈[m]i\in[m]i∈[m] and nnn products k∈N=[n]k\in\mathcal N=[n]k∈N=[n]. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of customers visits store iii, with ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1. The seller chooses an assortment profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\mathbf S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) with Si⊆NS_i\subseteq\mathcal NSi​⊆N, writes Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​, and chooses real prices P=(pik)\mathbf P=(p_{ik})P=(pik​), the price of product kkk in store iii; production costs are zero.

A customer visiting store iii who buys product kkk in store jjj at that store's price has utility αik−βikpjk−cijk\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{jk}-c^k_{ij}αik​−βik​pjk​−cijk​ plus an independent standard Gumbel term, where αik>0\alpha_{ik}>0αik​>0 is the intrinsic utility, βik>0\beta_{ik}>0βik​>0 the price sensitivity, and cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0 the utility discount for buying from another store, with ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0. Write vik=exp⁡(αik−βikpik)v_{ik}=\exp(\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{ik})vik​=exp(αik​−βik​pik​). For k∈Sˉ∖Sik\in\bar S\setminus S_ik∈Sˉ∖Si​, the customer buys from a store l=l(i,k)l=l(i,k)l=l(i,k) that offers kkk and maximizes αik−βikpjk−cijk\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{jk}-c^k_{ij}αik​−βik​pjk​−cijk​ over the stores jjj offering kkk; then v~ik(S)=exp⁡(αik−βikplk−cilk)\tilde v_{ik}(\mathbf S)=\exp(\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{lk}-c^k_{il})v~ik​(S)=exp(αik​−βik​plk​−cilk​) and p~ik(S)=plk\tilde p_{ik}(\mathbf S)=p_{lk}p~​ik​(S)=plk​. The no-purchase option has weight 111.

The SMR joint problem (13) maximizes

RM(S,P)=∑i=1mλi⋅∑k∈Sipikvik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Sip~ik(S)v~ik(S)1+∑k∈Sivik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Siv~ik(S),R^M(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\cdot\frac{\sum_{k\in S_i}p_{ik}v_{ik}+\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde p_{ik}(\mathbf S)\tilde v_{ik}(\mathbf S)}{1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik}+\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde v_{ik}(\mathbf S)},RM(S,P)=i=1∑m​λi​⋅1+∑k∈Si​​vik​+∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​v~ik​(S)∑k∈Si​​pik​vik​+∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​p~​ik​(S)v~ik​(S)​,

and the SQR joint problem (15) maximizes

RQ(S,P)=∑i=1mλi(∑k∈Sipikvik1+∑k∈Sivik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Sip~ikv~ik(1+∑k∈Sivik)(1+∑k∈Sivik+∑k∈Sˉ∖Siv~ik)).R^Q(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\left(\frac{\sum_{k\in S_i}p_{ik}v_{ik}}{1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik}}+\frac{\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde p_{ik}\tilde v_{ik}}{(1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik})(1+\sum_{k\in S_i}v_{ik}+\sum_{k\in\bar S\setminus S_i}\tilde v_{ik})}\right).RQ(S,P)=i=1∑m​λi​(1+∑k∈Si​​vik​∑k∈Si​​pik​vik​​+(1+∑k∈Si​​vik​)(1+∑k∈Si​​vik​+∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​v~ik​)∑k∈Sˉ∖Si​​p~​ik​v~ik​​).

The single-store problem (14) maximizes ∑k∈Spkeαk−βkpk/(1+∑k∈Seαk−βkpk)\sum_{k\in S}p_k e^{\alpha_k-\beta_kp_k}/(1+\sum_{k\in S}e^{\alpha_k-\beta_kp_k})∑k∈S​pk​eαk​−βk​pk​/(1+∑k∈S​eαk​−βk​pk​) over S⊆NS\subseteq\mathcal NS⊆N and real (pk)(p_k)(pk​). Finally θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​ is the unique solution of

θi=∑k∈Neα^ik−βikθi,α^ik=αik−log⁡βik−1.\theta_i=\sum_{k\in\mathcal N}e^{\hat\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}\theta_i},\qquad\hat\alpha_{ik}=\alpha_{ik}-\log\beta_{ik}-1.θi​=k∈N∑​eα^ik​−βik​θi​,α^ik​=αik​−logβik​−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

RM(S,P) ≤ RM((N,…,N), (θi∗+1/βik)i,k)for all S, P∈Rm×n and every best-store rule l.R^M(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)\ \le\ R^M\bigl((\mathcal N,\dots,\mathcal N),\ (\theta^*_i+1/\beta_{ik})_{i,k}\bigr)\quad\text{for all }\mathbf S,\ \mathbf P\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}\text{ and every best-store rule }l.RM(S,P) ≤ RM((N,…,N), (θi∗​+1/βik​)i,k​)for all S, P∈Rm×n and every best-store rule l.

No uniqueness is claimed.

Milestones

  1. The markup equation has a unique solution θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​ (p. 28).
  2. The single-store problem (14) has optimal value θ∗\theta^*θ∗, attained by the full set at prices θ∗+1/βk\theta^*+1/\beta_kθ∗+1/βk​ (p. 28, citing Wang 2012).
  3. In the proof of Theorem 6 (Online Supplement, p. 47): store iii's revenue in (13) is at most the objective of (14) at S=SˉS=\bar SS=Sˉ, pk=pikp_k=p_{ik}pk​=pik​ on SiS_iSi​ and pk=(αik−log⁡v~ik)/βikp_k=(\alpha_{ik}-\log\tilde v_{ik})/\beta_{ik}pk​=(αik​−logv~ik​)/βik​ off SiS_iSi​, and these prices dominate p~ik\tilde p_{ik}p~​ik​.
  4. Hence store iii's revenue in (13) is at most θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​.
  5. Proposition 9 (p. 29): RQ(S,P)≤2RQ(S∗,P∗)R^Q(\mathbf S,\mathbf P)\le 2R^Q(\mathbf S^*,\mathbf P^*)RQ(S,P)≤2RQ(S∗,P∗) for the solution of Theorem 6.

Significance

Theorem 6 says that, under simultaneous recommendation, cross-store substitution creates no value that a coordinated price-and-assortment policy can extract: the multistore problem decouples into independent single-store pricing problems, each solved by offering everything at a constant adjusted markup. Together with Theorem 1 it places SMR as a clean benchmark against which SQR is compared, and Proposition 9 turns the benchmark into a guaranteed policy for SQR, where the joint problem has no known closed-form solution.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof. The mission's main new formal content is the single-store MNL pricing theorem with heterogeneous price sensitivities (milestone 2), which is cited, not proved, in the paper and is not on the platform; it is reusable for any MNL pricing model. Formalizing the store-wise reduction also makes explicit what the printed argument leaves implicit: the bound holds for every tie-breaking in the best-store rule, and for arbitrary real prices.

Difficulty

The multistore objective (13) is not a sum of independent store problems: store jjj's prices enter store iii's revenue through p~ik\tilde p_{ik}p~​ik​ and v~ik\tilde v_{ik}v~ik​, and the selection lll is itself an arg⁡max⁡\arg\maxargmax that changes with the prices, so the objective is discontinuous in P\mathbf PP. Direct first-order analysis of (13) is therefore not available. The single-store problem (14) is not concave in the prices either, so its optimum cannot be read off from a stationarity condition alone: one needs a global bound valid for every real price vector and every assortment, including negative prices and empty assortments.

Formalization scope

Stores are Fin m, products Fin n (the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1), assortments Finset (Fin n), prices real-valued functions. Sˉ\bar SSˉ is the finite union of the SiS_iSi​. The best-store rule lll is a function Fin m → Fin n → Fin m constrained by a predicate (it must offer kkk and maximize the customer's utility among the stores offering kkk); every statement holds for every such lll, and the right-hand side at the full profile, where Sˉ∖Si=∅\bar S\setminus S_i=\emptysetSˉ∖Si​=∅, does not depend on its rule. θi∗\theta^*_iθi∗​ enters as a hypothesis "θ solves the markup equation", never as a chosen term; its existence and uniqueness is milestone 1.

Standing assumptions carried as explicit hypotheses: λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, αik>0\alpha_{ik}>0αik​>0 and βik>0\beta_{ik}>0βik​>0 (the page's R+\mathbb R^+R+), cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0, ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0. Prices range over all of R\mathbb RR. Optimality is a universal upper bound over all profiles, prices and tie-breaking rules, never a supremum or an arg⁡max⁡\arg\maxargmax. Proposition 9's "optimal solution to problem (13)" is the solution constructed in Theorem 6.

The choice model (13)–(15) is taken as given; the derivation of the MNL probabilities from Gumbel utilities is not formalized. A formalization in which the selection lll is unconstrained, in which v~ik\tilde v_{ik}v~ik​ uses store lll's price sensitivity instead of the customer's, or in which the optimum is a supremum of a possibly unbounded set would change the theorem and is ruled out by the definitions.

A complete development needs only Mathlib's real analysis (exponential, logarithm, finite sums); no new library is required. The single-store pricing optimum (milestone 2) is reusable for any MNL pricing model, and contributions of a general MNL pricing library are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761
  • R. Wang, Capacitated assortment and price optimization under the multinomial logit model, Operations Research Letters 40(6), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2012.08.003
  • H. Li, W. T. Huh, Pricing multiple products with the multinomial logit and nested logit models: concavity and implications, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 13(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1110.0344
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization and pricing under the multinomial logit model with impatient customers: Sequential recommendation and selection, Operations Research 69(5), 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2127
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing III: Offering Each Store Its Single-Store Optimal Assortment Earns at Least Half the Optimal Sequential RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer with several physical stores often carries a different selection in each one. A customer who walks into a store and finds nothing she likes may still buy a product stocked elsewhere in the chain, paying in delivery cost or waiting time for it. Liu, Chen, Liu and Wan (MSOM 2025, DOI 10.1287/msom.2024.0761) compare two ways of showing those other products. Under simultaneous recommendation (SMR) the customer sees the store's own assortment and the rest of the chain's products at once. Under sequential recommendation (SQR) she first sees only the store's assortment and is shown the other stores' products only after declining all of them.

The paper shows that sequential recommendation earns more than simultaneous recommendation, but that choosing the best SQR assortments is NP-hard. A natural first heuristic ignores the cross-store interaction: each store simply carries the assortment that would be optimal if it were alone. This mission formalizes the paper's guarantee for that heuristic: it earns at least half the optimal sequential revenue, and half is the best possible constant. The guarantee is proved in the heterogeneous case of the paper's §7.1, where a product may be valued differently in different stores (a flagship store downtown and an outlet store, for example).

Setting

There are mmm stores and nnn products. A fraction λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0 of the customers first visits store iii, with ∑i=1mλi=1\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i=1∑i=1m​λi​=1. Product kkk earns revenue rkr_krk​, and the products are numbered so that r1>r2>⋯>rn>0r_1>r_2>\dots>r_n>0r1​>r2​>⋯>rn​>0. In store iii, product kkk has attraction value vik=exp⁡(uik)>0v_{ik}=\exp(u_{ik})>0vik​=exp(uik​)>0, where uiku_{ik}uik​ is its mean utility; not buying has attraction value 111. A customer who first visits store iii but buys product kkk from store jjj suffers a utility discount cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0, with ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0.

A decision is a profile S=(S1,…,Sm)\boldsymbol S=(S_1,\dots,S_m)S=(S1​,…,Sm​) of assortments Si⊆{1,…,n}S_i\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}Si​⊆{1,…,n}; write Sˉ=S1∪⋯∪Sm\bar S=S_1\cup\dots\cup S_mSˉ=S1​∪⋯∪Sm​. A product k∈Sˉ∖Sik\in\bar S\setminus S_ik∈Sˉ∖Si​ reaches a store-iii customer through the cheapest store that offers it, with discount cik(S)=min⁡j: k∈Sjcijkc^k_i(\boldsymbol S)=\min_{j:\,k\in S_j}c^k_{ij}cik​(S)=minj:k∈Sj​​cijk​. Under the multinomial logit model with sequential recommendation, a customer who first visits store iii buys product kkk with probability

pikQ(S)={vik1+∑l∈Sivilk∈Si,vike−cik(S)(1+∑l∈Sivil)(1+∑l∈Sivil+∑l∈Sˉ∖Sivile−cil(S))k∈Sˉ∖Si,0otherwise,p^Q_{ik}(\boldsymbol S)=\begin{cases}\dfrac{v_{ik}}{1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_{il}} & k\in S_i,\\[3mm]\dfrac{v_{ik}e^{-c^k_i(\boldsymbol S)}}{\bigl(1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_{il}\bigr)\bigl(1+\sum_{l\in S_i}v_{il}+\sum_{l\in\bar S\setminus S_i}v_{il}e^{-c^l_i(\boldsymbol S)}\bigr)} & k\in\bar S\setminus S_i,\\[3mm]0&\text{otherwise,}\end{cases}pikQ​(S)=⎩⎨⎧​1+∑l∈Si​​vil​vik​​(1+∑l∈Si​​vil​)(1+∑l∈Si​​vil​+∑l∈Sˉ∖Si​​vil​e−cil​(S))vik​e−cik​(S)​0​k∈Si​,k∈Sˉ∖Si​,otherwise,​

and the seller's expected revenue is

R(S)=∑i=1mλi∑k=1nrk pikQ(S).(SQR-heter)R(\boldsymbol S)=\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_i\sum_{k=1}^nr_k\,p^Q_{ik}(\boldsymbol S).\qquad\text{(SQR-heter)}R(S)=i=1∑m​λi​k=1∑n​rk​pikQ​(S).(SQR-heter)

Its maximum over all profiles is RQ∗R^*_QRQ∗​.

The single-store problem of store iii is

Ri∗=max⁡S∑k∈Srkvik1+∑k∈Svik.R^*_i=\max_{S}\frac{\sum_{k\in S}r_kv_{ik}}{1+\sum_{k\in S}v_{ik}}.Ri∗​=Smax​1+∑k∈S​vik​∑k∈S​rk​vik​​.

An assortment is revenue-ordered if it is {1,2,…,k}\{1,2,\dots,k\}{1,2,…,k} for some k∈{1,…,n}k\in\{1,\dots,n\}k∈{1,…,n}. Some revenue-ordered assortment is optimal for the single-store problem; S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ denotes the smallest such one. The heuristic offers S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ in store iii for every iii, and its revenue is RQH=R(S~1,…,S~m)R^H_Q=R(\tilde S_1,\dots,\tilde S_m)RQH​=R(S~1​,…,S~m​), cross-selling between stores included.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7

RQH ≥ 12RQ∗,R^H_Q\ \ge\ \tfrac12R^*_Q,RQH​ ≥ 21​RQ∗​,

and the factor 12\tfrac1221​ is tight: for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is an instance with two stores and two products on which RQH<(12+δ)RQ∗R^H_Q<(\tfrac12+\delta)R^*_QRQH​<(21​+δ)RQ∗​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma D.1. Scaling every attraction value by a factor ϵi∈(0,1)\epsilon_i\in(0,1)ϵi​∈(0,1) does not increase the optimal MNL revenue.
  2. First inequality. For every profile, R(T)≥∑iλi∑k∈Tirkvik1+∑k∈TivikR(\boldsymbol T)\ge\sum_i\lambda_i\frac{\sum_{k\in T_i}r_kv_{ik}}{1+\sum_{k\in T_i}v_{ik}}R(T)≥∑i​λi​1+∑k∈Ti​​vik​∑k∈Ti​​rk​vik​​; at the heuristic profile this is RQH≥∑iλiRi∗R^H_Q\ge\sum_i\lambda_iR^*_iRQH​≥∑i​λi​Ri∗​.
  3. Second and third inequalities. For every profile S\boldsymbol SS, R(S)≤2∑iλiRi∗R(\boldsymbol S)\le2\sum_i\lambda_iR^*_iR(S)≤2∑i​λi​Ri∗​.
  4. Tightness instance. With λ=(1,0)\lambda=(1,0)λ=(1,0), r=(1+1ϵ,1)r=(1+\frac1\epsilon,1)r=(1+ϵ1​,1), vi⋅=(ϵ,1ϵ)v_{i\cdot}=(\epsilon,\frac1\epsilon)vi⋅​=(ϵ,ϵ1​) and no discounts, S~i={1}\tilde S_i=\{1\}S~i​={1}, the heuristic earns exactly 111 and the profile ({1},{2})(\{1\},\{2\})({1},{2}) earns 1+1(1+ϵ)(1+ϵ+ϵ2)1+\frac1{(1+\epsilon)(1+\epsilon+\epsilon^2)}1+(1+ϵ)(1+ϵ+ϵ2)1​.

Significance

The guarantee says that the simplest decentralized policy, in which every store optimizes as if alone, cannot lose more than half of what the best sequential recommendation earns, whatever the store-specific valuations and the cross-store discounts. Read from the other side, the same bound with its tight instance says that sequential cross-selling can at most double the revenue of operating the stores separately, and that a doubling is approached. Since the exact SQR problem is NP-hard (the paper's Proposition 3), a constant-factor guarantee for a policy computable store by store is the kind of statement a practitioner can act on; the paper's numerical study (its Appendix G) finds the heuristic much closer to optimal on synthetic data than the worst case.

Proposition 7 is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. The mission formalizes the model, the proposition with both parts, and the three steps of its proof. Lemma D.1, the monotonicity of the optimal MNL revenue in the attraction values, is a standard fact of assortment optimization that is stated here for a single MNL model and is reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The heuristic profile and the optimal profile are unrelated: the optimal one may stock in store iii products that store iii's own optimum omits, precisely to sell them to other stores' customers in the second stage. A comparison store by store therefore fails, because the optimum's revenue in store iii depends on every other store's assortment through Sˉ\bar SSˉ and the discounts cik(S)c^k_i(\boldsymbol S)cik​(S). The second-stage revenue is a product of two MNL fractions over different assortments with discounted attraction values, and it has to be bounded by the single-store optimum with undiscounted values; this is where Lemma D.1 is needed, and the lemma itself does not follow from comparing a fixed assortment, since the optimal assortment changes with the attraction values. For the tightness part, the answer depends on the tie rule that defines S~i\tilde S_iS~i​: in the instance, store 2 has two optimal single-store assortments, and only the smallest one makes the bound tight.

Formalization scope

Lean 4 with Mathlib. Products are Fin n (the paper's product kkk is index k−1k-1k−1) and stores are Fin m; assortments are Finset (Fin n) and profiles are Fin m → Finset (Fin n). Attraction values vikv_{ik}vik​ are the primitive data, not utilities. The discount factor e−cik(S)e^{-c^k_i(\boldsymbol S)}e−cik​(S) is the largest e−cijke^{-c^k_{ij}}e−cijk​ over the offering stores, and 000 when no store offers kkk (the paper's c=∞c=\inftyc=∞). The single-store revenue is the published ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective v r 1 S. The model is the choice probabilities (10) and the objective (SQR-heter), taken as given; the paper's derivation of (10) from Gumbel utilities is not formalized.

The standing assumptions λi≥0\lambda_i\ge0λi​≥0, ∑iλi=1\sum_i\lambda_i=1∑i​λi​=1, r1>⋯>rnr_1>\dots>r_nr1​>⋯>rn​, vik>0v_{ik}>0vik​>0, cijk≥0c^k_{ij}\ge0cijk​≥0 and ciik=0c^k_{ii}=0ciik​=0 are explicit hypotheses of every theorem. One hypothesis is pinned beyond the page: rk>0r_k>0rk​>0. The paper's revenues are prices and its proof drops a second-stage revenue term that is nonnegative only for nonnegative revenues, but the sign is never stated. The paper's tightness claim ("an instance where the equality holds") is realized only in the limit ϵ→0\epsilon\to0ϵ→0, so the goal states it in the form "for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0, some instance has RQH<(12+δ)RQ∗R^H_Q<(\frac12+\delta)R^*_QRQH​<(21​+δ)RQ∗​".

"Optimal" means a maximizer over all assortments or profiles, ties allowed, and RQ∗R^*_QRQ∗​ is never formed as a term: the bound is stated as 12R(S)≤RQH\frac12R(\boldsymbol S)\le R^H_Q21​R(S)≤RQH​ for every profile S\boldsymbol SS. S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ is a predicate (revenue-ordered, optimal, and of least cardinality among the revenue-ordered optima). An encoding in which S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ can never exist would make the bound vacuous, so the tightness part asserts that S~i\tilde S_iS~i​ exists on its instance. The tightness part also must use the paper's tie rule, not an arbitrary single-store optimum, since with the other optimum the instance is not tight.

Welcome contributions: proofs of Lemma D.1 and of the two halves of the bound, the exact evaluation of the tightness instance, and a general Lean library for single-store MNL assortment optimization (existence of revenue-ordered optima, monotonicity in attraction values) that the other missions of this series can reuse.

Selected references

  • Y. Liu, X. A. Chen, Y. Liu, Z. Wan, Simultaneous vs. Sequential: Optimal Assortment Recommendation in Multistore Retailing, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0761 (formalized from the authors' manuscript of 2024-09-17 with its Online Supplement).
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1):15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • P. Gao, Y. Ma, N. Chen, G. Gallego, A. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization and Pricing Under the Multinomial Logit Model with Impatient Customers: Sequential Recommendation and Selection, Operations Research 69(5):1509–1532, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2127
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Actuarial ScienceProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Lambda Value-at-Risk under Ambiguity and Risk Sharing I: For Increasing Λ, the Worst-Case ΛVaR over a φ-Divergence Ball Is the ΛVaR under the Distorted Capacity g∘ℙ, and Tends to ΛVaR⁺ as δ ↓ 0Research Paper

Motivation

Lambda Value-at-Risk (Λ\LambdaΛVaR), introduced by Frittelli, Maggis and Peri (Mathematical Finance 24(3), 2014), generalizes the Value-at-Risk used in banking and insurance regulation: instead of one fixed confidence level, the level Λ(x)\Lambda(x)Λ(x) may depend on the size xxx of the loss. It has since been studied for its properties, representation and characterization (Bellini and Peri, SIAM J. Financial Math. 13(1), 2022; Han et al. 2025; see the references of arXiv:2511.00717v1).

Regulators and risk managers rarely know the loss distribution exactly. A standard way to account for this ambiguity is to evaluate the risk measure under every model in a neighbourhood of a reference model P\mathbb PP and report the worst case. Neighbourhoods defined by a ϕ\phiϕ-divergence (Kullback–Leibler, chi-squared, α\alphaα-divergences) are the most common choice in distributionally robust optimization (Ben-Tal et al. 2013). P. Liu and A. Schied, Lambda Value-at-Risk under ambiguity and risk sharing, arXiv:2511.00717v1 (2025), define Λ\LambdaΛVaR with respect to a capacity. They show that for increasing Λ\LambdaΛ the worst case over a ϕ\phiϕ-divergence ball is again a Λ\LambdaΛVaR, under an explicitly distorted reference probability. This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Let (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F) be a measurable space. A capacity is a set function w:F→[0,1]w:\mathcal F\to[0,1]w:F→[0,1] that is increasing (A⊆B⇒w(A)≤w(B)A\subseteq B\Rightarrow w(A)\le w(B)A⊆B⇒w(A)≤w(B)) with w(∅)=0w(\emptyset)=0w(∅)=0 and w(Ω)=1w(\Omega)=1w(Ω)=1; every probability measure is one. Let HI\mathcal H_IHI​ be the set of increasing functions Λ:R→(0,1)\Lambda:\mathbb R\to(0,1)Λ:R→(0,1). For a capacity www and a random variable XXX,

ΛVaRw(X)=inf⁡{x∈R:w(X>x)≤Λ(x)},ΛVaR+,w(X)=sup⁡{x∈R:w(X>x)≥Λ(x)},\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^w(X)=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R: w(X>x)\le\Lambda(x)\},\qquad \Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{+,w}(X)=\sup\{x\in\mathbb R: w(X>x)\ge\Lambda(x)\},ΛVaRw(X)=inf{x∈R:w(X>x)≤Λ(x)},ΛVaR+,w(X)=sup{x∈R:w(X>x)≥Λ(x)},

with inf⁡∅=∞\inf\emptyset=\inftyinf∅=∞ and sup⁡∅=−∞\sup\emptyset=-\inftysup∅=−∞. A constant Λ≡α\Lambda\equiv\alphaΛ≡α gives the Choquet quantile VaRαw\mathrm{VaR}^w_\alphaVaRαw​. For a class WWW of capacities, w‾=sup⁡w∈Ww\overline w=\sup_{w\in W}ww=supw∈W​w and w‾=inf⁡w∈Ww\underline w=\inf_{w\in W}ww​=infw∈W​w are its setwise envelopes; for a class P\mathcal PP of probability measures they are written Q‾\overline{\mathbb Q}Q​ and Q‾\underline{\mathbb Q}Q​.

Fix a probability measure P\mathbb PP and a convex ϕ:[0,∞)→R∪{∞}\phi:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb R\cup\{\infty\}ϕ:[0,∞)→R∪{∞} with ϕ(1)=0\phi(1)=0ϕ(1)=0 and ϕ(0)=lim⁡x↓0ϕ(x)\phi(0)=\lim_{x\downarrow0}\phi(x)ϕ(0)=limx↓0​ϕ(x). For a probability measure Q≪P\mathbb Q\ll\mathbb PQ≪P, Dϕ(Q∥P)=EP[ϕ(dQ/dP)]D_\phi(\mathbb Q\|\mathbb P)=\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}[\phi(\mathrm d\mathbb Q/\mathrm d\mathbb P)]Dϕ​(Q∥P)=EP[ϕ(dQ/dP)], and for δ>0\delta>0δ>0 the ϕ\phiϕ-divergence ball is Pϕ(P,δ)={Q≪P:Dϕ(Q∥P)≤δ}\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)=\{\mathbb Q\ll\mathbb P: D_\phi(\mathbb Q\|\mathbb P)\le\delta\}Pϕ​(P,δ)={Q≪P:Dϕ​(Q∥P)≤δ}. The distortion gϕ,δ:[0,1]→[0,1]g_{\phi,\delta}:[0,1]\to[0,1]gϕ,δ​:[0,1]→[0,1] is gϕ,δ(0)=0g_{\phi,\delta}(0)=0gϕ,δ​(0)=0, gϕ,δ(1)=1g_{\phi,\delta}(1)=1gϕ,δ​(1)=1 and

gϕ,δ(x)=sup⁡{t∈[x,1]:xϕ(t/x)+(1−x)ϕ((1−t)/(1−x))≤δ},x∈(0,1).g_{\phi,\delta}(x)=\sup\{t\in[x,1]: x\phi(t/x)+(1-x)\phi((1-t)/(1-x))\le\delta\},\qquad x\in(0,1).gϕ,δ​(x)=sup{t∈[x,1]:xϕ(t/x)+(1−x)ϕ((1−t)/(1−x))≤δ},x∈(0,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 12)

For δ>0\delta>0δ>0, Λ∈HI\Lambda\in\mathcal H_IΛ∈HI​, α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) and every random variable XXX,

sup⁡Q∈Pϕ(P,δ)ΛVaRQ(X)=ΛVaRgϕ,δ∘P(X),sup⁡Q∈Pϕ(P,δ)VaRαQ(X)=VaRαgϕ,δ∘P(X).\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)}\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb Q}(X)=\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{g_{\phi,\delta}\circ\mathbb P}(X),\qquad \sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)}\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb Q}_\alpha(X)=\mathrm{VaR}^{g_{\phi,\delta}\circ\mathbb P}_\alpha(X).Q∈Pϕ​(P,δ)sup​ΛVaRQ(X)=ΛVaRgϕ,δ​∘P(X),Q∈Pϕ​(P,δ)sup​VaRαQ​(X)=VaRαgϕ,δ​∘P​(X).

If moreover ϕ\phiϕ is finite, strictly convex and ϕ(x)/x→∞\phi(x)/x\to\inftyϕ(x)/x→∞, then

sup⁡Q∈Pϕ(P,δ)ΛVaRQ=(gϕ,δ−1∘Λ)VaRP,sup⁡Q∈Pϕ(P,δ)VaRαQ=VaRgϕ,δ−1(α)P,\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)}\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb Q}=(g^{-1}_{\phi,\delta}\circ\Lambda)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P},\qquad \sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)}\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb Q}_\alpha=\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}_{g^{-1}_{\phi,\delta}(\alpha)},Q∈Pϕ​(P,δ)sup​ΛVaRQ=(gϕ,δ−1​∘Λ)VaRP,Q∈Pϕ​(P,δ)sup​VaRαQ​=VaRgϕ,δ−1​(α)P​, lim⁡δ↓0sup⁡Q∈Pϕ(P,δ)ΛVaRQ(X)=lim⁡δ↓0(gϕ,δ−1∘Λ)VaRP(X)=ΛVaR+,P(X).\lim_{\delta\downarrow0}\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)}\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb Q}(X)=\lim_{\delta\downarrow0}(g^{-1}_{\phi,\delta}\circ\Lambda)\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}(X)=\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{+,\mathbb P}(X).δ↓0lim​Q∈Pϕ​(P,δ)sup​ΛVaRQ(X)=δ↓0lim​(gϕ,δ−1​∘Λ)VaRP(X)=ΛVaR+,P(X).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2 (p. 8): for a nonempty class WWW of capacities and Λ∈HI\Lambda\in\mathcal H_IΛ∈HI​, sup⁡w∈WΛVaRw=ΛVaRw‾\sup_{w\in W}\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^w=\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\overline w}supw∈W​ΛVaRw=ΛVaRw and inf⁡w∈WΛVaR+,w=ΛVaR+,w‾\inf_{w\in W}\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{+,w}=\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{+,\underline w}infw∈W​ΛVaR+,w=ΛVaR+,w​.
  2. Corollary 1 (p. 8): the same for a class of probability measures, together with the fact that Q‾\overline{\mathbb Q}Q​ and Q‾\underline{\mathbb Q}Q​ are capacities.
  3. Proposition 5, formula (p. 11): sup⁡Q∈Pϕ(P,δ)Q(A)=gϕ,δ(P(A))\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P_\phi(\mathbb P,\delta)}\mathbb Q(A)=g_{\phi,\delta}(\mathbb P(A))supQ∈Pϕ​(P,δ)​Q(A)=gϕ,δ​(P(A)) for every A∈FA\in\mathcal FA∈F.
  4. Proposition 5, properties (pp. 11–12): under the extra hypotheses on ϕ\phiϕ, xϕ(1/x)+(1−x)ϕ(0)=δx\phi(1/x)+(1-x)\phi(0)=\deltaxϕ(1/x)+(1−x)ϕ(0)=δ has a unique root xδ∈(0,1)x_\delta\in(0,1)xδ​∈(0,1), gϕ,δg_{\phi,\delta}gϕ,δ​ is continuous and strictly increasing on [0,xδ][0,x_\delta][0,xδ​] and equal to 111 on [xδ,1][x_\delta,1][xδ​,1], and gϕ,δ(x)>xg_{\phi,\delta}(x)>xgϕ,δ​(x)>x with gϕ,δ(x)↓xg_{\phi,\delta}(x)\downarrow xgϕ,δ​(x)↓x as δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0.

Significance

The theorem reduces a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of models to a single Λ\LambdaΛVaR under the reference model with a transformed level function gϕ,δ−1∘Λg^{-1}_{\phi,\delta}\circ\Lambdagϕ,δ−1​∘Λ. Robust Λ\LambdaΛVaR therefore inherits the computational and statistical tools available for Λ\LambdaΛVaR, and the worst-case VaR at level α\alphaα is the ordinary VaR at the explicit level gϕ,δ−1(α)g^{-1}_{\phi,\delta}(\alpha)gϕ,δ−1​(α). The limit statement shows an asymmetry: as the ambiguity vanishes, the robust value converges to the upper version ΛVaR+,P\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{+,\mathbb P}ΛVaR+,P, not to ΛVaRP\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}ΛVaRP; the two differ when the distribution function of XXX has a flat piece where it meets Λ\LambdaΛ.

The result is proved in the paper (2025) and, to our knowledge, nothing of it is machine-checked. The platform has no capacity, no Choquet quantile, no Λ\LambdaΛVaR, and no ϕ\phiϕ-divergence over general (non-discrete) probability spaces; the mission supplies all of these, and the formula for the upper probability of a ϕ\phiϕ-divergence ball (Proposition 5) is a reusable fact about divergence balls in its own right.

Difficulty

Proposition 2 is an order-theoretic exchange of a supremum with an infimum; it fails for decreasing Λ\LambdaΛ (Example 1 of the paper), so monotonicity of Λ\LambdaΛ must be used at the right place, and the values ±∞\pm\infty±∞ have to be handled. Proposition 5 asks for the exact value of a supremum over an infinite-dimensional ball of measures, for a ϕ\phiϕ that may take the value +∞+\infty+∞ and may be negative; the upper bound must hold for every density in the ball, not only for the simple ones, and the integrability conventions of DϕD_\phiDϕ​ matter. The second part of Proposition 5 is real analysis of the perspective function xϕ(t/x)x\phi(t/x)xϕ(t/x), and continuity of gϕ,δg_{\phi,\delta}gϕ,δ​ at the endpoints 000 and xδx_\deltaxδ​ does not follow from continuity of ϕ\phiϕ alone. In the limit δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 the natural guess ΛVaRP\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}ΛVaRP is wrong: the limit is ΛVaR+,P\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{+,\mathbb P}ΛVaR+,P, so any argument that treats the robust value as a perturbation of ΛVaRP\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^{\mathbb P}ΛVaRP fails at flat pieces of the distribution function.

Formalization scope

All definitions live in the namespace LambdaVaRAmb.Robust. A random variable is a measurable function Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R; statements quantify over all of them, which covers every domain X\mathcal XX the paper allows. Set functions are Set Ω → ℝ and the capacity axioms are imposed on measurable sets. Λ\LambdaΛVaR, Λ\LambdaΛVaR+^++, the suprema over the ball and the limits as δ→0+\delta\to0^+δ→0+ are taken in EReal, so ±∞\pm\infty±∞ are genuine values. ϕ\phiϕ is ℝ → EReal (only its values on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) matter); convexity uses 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0. DϕD_\phiDϕ​ is the integral of the positive part of ϕ(dQ/dP)\phi(\mathrm d\mathbb Q/\mathrm d\mathbb P)ϕ(dQ/dP) minus that of the negative part; members of the ball are probability measures. gϕ,δ−1(t)g^{-1}_{\phi,\delta}(t)gϕ,δ−1​(t) is defined as sup⁡{x∈[0,1]:gϕ,δ(x)≤t}\sup\{x\in[0,1]: g_{\phi,\delta}(x)\le t\}sup{x∈[0,1]:gϕ,δ​(x)≤t}, which is the inverse of gϕ,δg_{\phi,\delta}gϕ,δ​ on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) under the hypotheses where the paper uses it.

Implicit hypotheses made explicit: the classes WWW and P\mathcal PP in Proposition 2 and Corollary 1 are nonempty; "ϕ:[0,∞)→R\phi:[0,\infty)\to\mathbb Rϕ:[0,∞)→R" in the second parts is the hypothesis that ϕ\phiϕ is finite on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); "xδx_\deltaxδ​ being the solution" is posed as existence and uniqueness.

The trivializing readings are ruled out: suprema over the ball and Λ\LambdaΛVaR values are never real sSup/sInf (which would collapse to 000 on empty or unbounded sets); the envelopes are real suprema only over nonempty classes of values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; the ball always contains P\mathbb PP, so it is not empty; gϕ,δg_{\phi,\delta}gϕ,δ​ is the paper's supremum, not a closed form for a particular ϕ\phiϕ.

Needed infrastructure, all reusable beyond this mission: capacities and Choquet-type quantiles; ϕ\phiϕ-divergences for general measures via Radon–Nikodym derivatives; conditional Jensen for extended-valued convex functions; perspective functions. Contributions of any of these, and proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Liu and A. Schied, Lambda Value-at-Risk under ambiguity and risk sharing, arXiv preprint, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2511.00717v1
  • M. Frittelli, M. Maggis and I. Peri, Risk measures on 𝒫(ℝ) and Value at Risk with probability/loss function, Mathematical Finance 24(3), 442–463, 2014.
  • F. Bellini and I. Peri, An axiomatization of Λ-quantiles, SIAM Journal on Financial Mathematics 13(1), 26–38, 2022.
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, A. De Waegenaere, B. Melenberg and G. Rennen, Robust solutions of optimization problems affected by uncertain probabilities, Management Science 59(2), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1120.1641
  • C. P. Chambers, Ordinal aggregation and quantiles, Journal of Economic Theory 137(1), 416–431, 2007 (Choquet quantiles).
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Platform Financing vs. Trade Credit for Lending to Third-Party Sellers I: The Seller's Interest-Rate Threshold Never Exceeds the Supplier's, So Platform Loans Are Win-Win, Lose-Win or Lose-LoseResearch Paper

Motivation

Small third-party sellers on e-commerce marketplaces (Amazon, JD.com, Alibaba) typically have little capital and limited credit history, so they finance procurement through short-term credit. The traditional source is trade credit: the supplier ships the goods and is paid after the sales. Since about 2011 the platforms themselves lend to their sellers (the Amazon Lending Program, Ant Group's micro-loans, JD Small Loan), a form of finance called platform financing. The usual argument for platform loans is that platforms have cheap capital and rich data. Huang, Lai, Wang and Xiao (SSRN 4014045; published in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.00201) remove both advantages: supplier and platform have the same capital cost and the same information. They ask whether a platform loan can still help the seller and the supplier, and at which interest rates.

The paper builds on the literature comparing supply-chain finance with bank finance, for example Buzacott and Zhang (2004) on asset-based financing and Kouvelis and Zhao (2012) on supplier versus bank financing of a newsvendor. The new feature is a third lender, the platform, which also collects a share of the revenue.

Setting

A supplier produces at unit cost c>0c>0c>0. A seller with no capital procures q≥0q\ge 0q≥0 units and sells all of them on a platform at the market-clearing price p=a~−qp=\tilde a-qp=a~−q. The market size a~\tilde aa~ is uniform on [a−δ,a+δ][a-\delta,a+\delta][a−δ,a+δ], where δ>0\delta>0δ>0 measures uncertainty. The platform keeps the share φ∈[0,1)\varphi\in[0,1)φ∈[0,1) of revenue, and the seller receives (1−φ)pq(1-\varphi)pq(1−φ)pq. Supplier and platform both have capital cost equal to the risk-free rate rf≥0r_f\ge 0rf​≥0. The paper assumes (1−φ)a>c(1+rf)(1-\varphi)a>c(1+r_f)(1−φ)a>c(1+rf​), so selling is profitable in expectation, and that the smallest market size a−δa-\deltaa−δ keeps the price positive.

The seller has limited liability: if her revenue falls short of what she owes, she hands over all of it. If she owes WWW per unit, her expected profit is

Πs(W,q)=E[((1−φ)(a~−q)q−Wq)+].\Pi_s(W,q)=\mathbb E\big[((1-\varphi)(\tilde a-q)q-Wq)^+\big].Πs​(W,q)=E[((1−φ)(a~−q)q−Wq)+].
  • Trade credit. The supplier sets a deferred wholesale price www, so W=wW=wW=w. He collects min⁡{(1−φ)(a~−q)q, wq}\min\{(1-\varphi)(\tilde a-q)q,\,wq\}min{(1−φ)(a~−q)q,wq} and pays production cost cq(1+rf)cq(1+r_f)cq(1+rf​).
  • Platform financing at rate rrr. The supplier sets an upfront price www and earns (w−c)q(1+rf)(w-c)q(1+r_f)(w−c)q(1+rf​). The seller borrows wqwqwq from the platform and owes W=w(1+r)W=w(1+r)W=w(1+r) per unit.

Each scheme is a two-stage Stackelberg game: the supplier chooses www, then the seller, having observed www, chooses qqq. Its subgame-perfect equilibrium gives the profits ΠsT,ΠmT\Pi^T_s,\Pi^T_mΠsT​,ΠmT​ (seller and supplier under trade credit) and ΠsP,ΠmP\Pi^P_s,\Pi^P_mΠsP​,ΠmP​ (under platform financing).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6 (p. 18)

The paper defines two piecewise threshold functions of δ\deltaδ. They are built from the thresholds δ1,δ2,δ3\delta_1,\delta_2,\delta_3δ1​,δ2​,δ3​ and the rates r1,…,r4r_1,\dots,r_4r1​,…,r4​, all explicit in a,δ,φ,c,rfa,\delta,\varphi,c,r_fa,δ,φ,c,rf​:

r^1(δ)={rfδ≤δ2r1δ2<δ≤δ3r2δ>δ3r^2(δ)={rfδ≤δ2r3δ2<δ≤δ1r4δ>δ1.\hat r_1(\delta)=\begin{cases}r_f&\delta\le\delta_2\\ r_1&\delta_2<\delta\le\delta_3\\ r_2&\delta>\delta_3\end{cases}\qquad \hat r_2(\delta)=\begin{cases}r_f&\delta\le\delta_2\\ r_3&\delta_2<\delta\le\delta_1\\ r_4&\delta>\delta_1.\end{cases}r^1​(δ)=⎩⎨⎧​rf​r1​r2​​δ≤δ2​δ2​<δ≤δ3​δ>δ3​​r^2​(δ)=⎩⎨⎧​rf​r3​r4​​δ≤δ2​δ2​<δ≤δ1​δ>δ1​.​

The goal states that r^1(δ)≤r^2(δ)\hat r_1(\delta)\le\hat r_2(\delta)r^1​(δ)≤r^2​(δ) and that, for every pair of equilibria of the two games,

r<r^1⇒ΠsP>ΠsT, ΠmP>ΠmT;r^1<r<r^2⇒ΠsP≤ΠsT, ΠmP>ΠmT;r>r^2⇒ΠsP≤ΠsT, ΠmP≤ΠmT.r<\hat r_1\Rightarrow \Pi^P_s>\Pi^T_s,\ \Pi^P_m>\Pi^T_m;\qquad \hat r_1<r<\hat r_2\Rightarrow \Pi^P_s\le\Pi^T_s,\ \Pi^P_m>\Pi^T_m;\qquad r>\hat r_2\Rightarrow \Pi^P_s\le\Pi^T_s,\ \Pi^P_m\le\Pi^T_m .r<r^1​⇒ΠsP​>ΠsT​, ΠmP​>ΠmT​;r^1​<r<r^2​⇒ΠsP​≤ΠsT​, ΠmP​>ΠmT​;r>r^2​⇒ΠsP​≤ΠsT​, ΠmP​≤ΠmT​.

Milestones

  1. Lemmas 1–2: the seller's unique best response.
  2. Propositions 1–2: existence and uniqueness of the equilibrium in each game, with explicit prices and quantities.
  3. The equilibrium profits displayed in the proofs (pp. 32–33, 35).
  4. Proposition 3: the comparison of unit costs and order quantities.
  5. Propositions 4 and 5: the seller's and the supplier's profit comparisons.

Significance

The theorem says that a platform loan never benefits the seller while hurting the supplier. The outcome "win for the seller, loss for the supplier" does not occur. Whenever the platform's rate is low enough to help the seller, it also helps the supplier. Combined with Proposition 3, it identifies the mechanisms that make a platform loan attractive even without a cost-of-capital or information advantage: an interest subsidy at low uncertainty, risk mitigation at moderate uncertainty, and risk isolation at high uncertainty, where r^1\hat r_1r^1​ exceeds rfr_frf​. The thresholds are explicit, so the result tells a platform the range of rates at which its lending creates value for both supply-chain parties.

The paper's proofs are long case analyses on closed-form radicals. Several displayed formulas in the manuscript contain printing errors (listed below), and some comparisons are justified as "it can be verified". A machine-checked development would certify the closed forms and the threshold algebra and settle the boundary cases. None of these results is formalized in Mathlib or in the Prove2Me library as of October 2026.

Difficulty

The equilibrium is not given by first-order conditions alone. Under limited liability the seller's objective is not concave in qqq: it has a no-default regime and a default regime, and the maximizer jumps between them at w=(1−φ)(a−2δ)w=(1-\varphi)(a-2\delta)w=(1−φ)(a−2δ). The supplier's problem under trade credit is therefore a comparison of two local optima: one quadratic, one a cubic in www with a radical maximizer. The winner switches at δ1\delta_1δ1​, which involves 510−145\sqrt{10}-14510​−14. The comparisons of Propositions 3–6 then require sign analyses of differences of nested radicals across up to five regimes, ordered by δ1,δ2,δ3,δr\delta_1,\delta_2,\delta_3,\delta_rδ1​,δ2​,δ3​,δr​ and (1−φ)a−c(1+rf)(1-\varphi)a-c(1+r_f)(1−φ)a−c(1+rf​) over 1−φ1-\varphi1−φ.

Equating first-order conditions is not enough: equilibrium uniqueness requires excluding the off-path behaviour of the seller and handling the supplier's indifference at δ=δ1\delta=\delta_1δ=δ1​ and δ=δr\delta=\delta_rδ=δr​.

Formalization scope

  • Expectation. E\mathbb EE over a~\tilde aa~ is the normalized interval integral 12δ∫a−δa+δ\frac1{2\delta}\int_{a-\delta}^{a+\delta}2δ1​∫a−δa+δ​. All integrands are continuous.

  • Equilibrium. A strategy profile is a price www together with an order rule q(⋅)q(\cdot)q(⋅) defined at every price. A subgame-perfect equilibrium requires two things:

    • for every www, q(w)≥0q(w)\ge 0q(w)≥0 maximizes Πs\Pi_sΠs​ over q≥0q\ge0q≥0;
    • the supplier's price maximizes his payoff over all real prices.

    Two tie-breaks are part of the definition, both the paper's own conventions:

    • the seller orders 000 when no order is profitable (proofs of Propositions 1–2);
    • the supplier's price is the least maximizer, which assigns δ=δ1\delta=\delta_1δ=δ1​ and δ=δr\delta=\delta_rδ=δr​ to the low-price branch as the paper does.
  • Goals quantify over equilibria. The closed forms enter only through the milestones. A statement taking the closed forms as hypotheses, or proving only r^1≤r^2\hat r_1\le\hat r_2r^1​≤r^2​, is not this theorem.

  • Standing assumptions.

    • 0<δ<a0<\delta<a0<δ<a. The pin δ<a\delta<aδ<a formalizes "the smallest market size keeps the price positive". It is load-bearing: r^1≤r^2\hat r_1\le\hat r_2r^1​≤r^2​ fails for some δ>a\delta>aδ>a.
    • 0≤φ<10\le\varphi<10≤φ<1 and c>0c>0c>0.
    • rf≥0r_f\ge0rf​≥0 and (1−φ)a>c(1+rf)(1-\varphi)a>c(1+r_f)(1−φ)a>c(1+rf​).
    • For platform financing, r>−1r>-1r>−1 and c(1+r)<(a+δ)(1−φ)c(1+r)<(a+\delta)(1-\varphi)c(1+r)<(a+δ)(1−φ) (the paper's conditions (ii)–(iii), p. 36).
  • Corrected slips, each disclosed in its item:

    • r3r_3r3​ uses (2ac+8cδ)(2ac+8c\delta)(2ac+8cδ) under the root, not the printed (2ac+8δ)(2ac+8\delta)(2ac+8δ);
    • Proposition 1's δ>δ1\delta>\delta_1δ>δ1​ branch uses the proof's form wT=(1−φ)(a−δ(S−2))w^T=(1-\varphi)(a-\delta(S-2))wT=(1−φ)(a−δ(S−2)), qT=δ(S−1)/3q^T=\delta(S-1)/3qT=δ(S−1)/3;
    • the supplier's trade-credit profit for δ>δ1\delta>\delta_1δ>δ1​ is δK/27\delta K/27δK/27, where the printed display has flipped signs;
    • Proposition 3(c) uses the strict endpoint.
  • Boundary. Propositions 3–4 exclude the rate r=r^1(δ)r=\hat r_1(\delta)r=r^1​(δ) from their "otherwise" clause only for δ2<δ≤δ3\delta_2<\delta\le\delta_3δ2​<δ≤δ3​, where r=r1r=r_1r=r1​ makes δ=δr\delta=\delta_rδ=δr​ and the paper's statement and proof disagree; for other δ\deltaδ the boundary rate is kept, as on the page.

A complete development needs the following:

  • calculus of the uniform expectation of piecewise polynomials;
  • the seller's best response;
  • the two supplier optimizations;
  • the algebra of the thresholds.

The best-response analysis under limited liability is reusable for other newsvendor-type financing models. Contributions of any milestone, of lemmas on the threshold order, and of alternative proofs are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Huang, G. Lai, X. Wang, W. Xiao, Lending to Third-party Sellers with Platform Loan, SSRN manuscript 4014045 (the source of every page and label cited here). https://ssrn.com/abstract=4014045 — published as Platform Financing vs. Trade Credit for Lending to Third-Party Sellers, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.00201
  • J. A. Buzacott, R. Q. Zhang, Inventory management with asset-based financing, Management Science 50(9), 1274–1292, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0278
  • P. Kouvelis, W. Zhao, Financing the newsvendor: supplier vs. bank, and the structure of optimal trade credit contracts, Operations Research 60(3), 566–580, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1040
  • B. Jing, X. Chen, G. Cai, Equilibrium financing in a distribution channel with capital constraint, Production and Operations Management 21(6), 1090–1101, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1937-5956.2012.01328.x
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 2: The Myopic Policy Loses at Most β(1−α)ωp_H/((1−αβ)(1−β)) Against the Optimal Discounted RevenueResearch Paper

Why reference effects make pricing dynamic

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal benchmark formed from the prices they have seen before. A price below the reference is perceived as a gain and raises demand; a price above it is perceived as a loss and lowers demand. Because today's price moves tomorrow's reference price, a seller who maximises the revenue of each period separately ignores how it erodes or builds future demand. This makes pricing a dynamic program, studied for a single product with linear demand by Popescu and Wu (Operations Research 2007) and Chen, Hu and Hu (Management Science 2017), among others.

Guo, Jiang and Shen (SSRN 4189049, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025) treat several substitutable products under multinomial-logit (MNL) demand. The dynamic program then has a continuous state of dimension nnn, and computing the optimal policy is impractical even for moderate nnn. The myopic policy, which maximises the current period's revenue only, is easy to compute. This mission formalizes the paper's bound on how much revenue the myopic policy can lose (Proposition 2).

Setting

There are nnn products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has intrinsic utility aia_iai​, price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, and reference-price sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector p\mathbf pp and reference vector r\mathbf rr, the utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

the market share is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑k∈Neuk)q_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_{k\in N}e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k∈N​euk​), and the single-period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑i∈Npiqi(p,r)\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)=\sum_{i\in N}p_iq_i(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Π(p,r)=∑i∈N​pi​qi​(p,r).

Prices and reference prices lie in the admissible box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with a price ceiling pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. The reference price follows exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]: rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^trt+1=αrt+(1−α)pt. Revenue is discounted by β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1).

  • The optimal value V⋆(r0)V^\star(\mathbf r^0)V⋆(r0) is the supremum of ∑t≥0βtΠ(pt,rt)\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\Pi(\mathbf p^t,\mathbf r^t)∑t≥0​βtΠ(pt,rt) over all price sequences in Pn\mathcal P^nPn.
  • A myopic policy pm\mathbf p^mpm picks, for each r∈Pn\mathbf r\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn, a maximiser of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,\mathbf r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn. Its value Vm(r0)=∑t≥0βtΠ(pm(rt),rt)V^m(\mathbf r^0)=\sum_{t\ge0}\beta^t\Pi(\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r^t),\mathbf r^t)Vm(r0)=∑t≥0​βtΠ(pm(rt),rt) is taken along rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt)\mathbf r^{t+1}=\alpha\mathbf r^t+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p^m(\mathbf r^t)rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt).
  • The ceiling condition: pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the root of the scalar equation (9) of the paper, p=χ+∑i1bi+ci+exp⁡(ai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1)p=\chi+\sum_i\frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}\exp(a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1)p=χ+∑i​bi​+ci+​1​exp(ai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1) with χ=max⁡i1/(bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−})\chi=\max_i 1/(b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\})χ=maxi​1/(bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}). It makes the ceiling non-binding for the single-period problem, and the paper assumes it throughout §3–§4.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (optimality gap)

With ω=max⁡i∈N{ci+/(bi+ci+), ci−/(bi+ci−)}\omega=\max_{i\in N}\{c_i^+/(b_i+c_i^+),\ c_i^-/(b_i+c_i^-)\}ω=maxi∈N​{ci+​/(bi​+ci+​), ci−​/(bi​+ci−​)}, for every r0∈Pn\mathbf r^0\in\mathcal P^nr0∈Pn and every myopic policy,

0≤V⋆(r0)−Vm(r0)≤β(1−α)(1−αβ)(1−β)⋅ω pH.0\le V^\star(\mathbf r^0)-V^m(\mathbf r^0)\le\frac{\beta(1-\alpha)}{(1-\alpha\beta)(1-\beta)}\cdot\omega\,p_H .0≤V⋆(r0)−Vm(r0)≤(1−αβ)(1−β)β(1−α)​⋅ωpH​.

Milestones

  1. The Bellman equation (6), p. 9: V⋆(r0)=max⁡p∈Pn{Π(p,r0)+βV⋆(αr0+(1−α)p)}V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\max_{\mathbf p\in\mathcal P^n}\{\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r^0)+\beta V^\star(\alpha\mathbf r^0+(1-\alpha)\mathbf p)\}V⋆(r0)=maxp∈Pn​{Π(p,r0)+βV⋆(αr0+(1−α)p)}, with the maximum attained.
  2. The left inequality Vm(r0)≤V⋆(r0)V^m(\mathbf r^0)\le V^\star(\mathbf r^0)Vm(r0)≤V⋆(r0), stated in §4.1, p. 17.
  3. Proposition 1.1, p. 10: if α<1\alpha<1α<1, β>0\beta>0β>0 and max⁡ici+>0\max_ic_i^+>0maxi​ci+​>0, then V⋆(r0)V^\star(\mathbf r^0)V⋆(r0) is non-decreasing in pHp_HpH​ and lim⁡pH→∞V⋆(r0)=∞\lim_{p_H\to\infty}V^\star(\mathbf r^0)=\inftylimpH​→∞​V⋆(r0)=∞. It explains why the gap is linear in pHp_HpH​ and why a ceiling is needed at all.

Significance

The bound is uniform in the initial reference price and has an explicit constant. It vanishes in three regimes: α=1\alpha=1α=1 (the reference price never moves), β=0\beta=0β=0 (only the present counts) and ω=0\omega=0ω=0 (no reference effect). It quantifies how much the intertemporal structure costs a seller who ignores it. The myopic policy is computable by a one-dimensional root search (Theorem 1 of the paper), while the optimal policy suffers from the curse of dimensionality, so the bound is what makes the myopic policy a usable benchmark.

The paper proves Proposition 2 in its online supplement (Appendix C.1), which is not part of the source file used for this mission. To our knowledge, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them yields a verified Bellman equation for a deterministic dynamic program with a continuous multidimensional state and a nonsmooth, nonconcave reward.

Difficulty

The left inequality only uses the fact that the myopic price sequence is admissible. The right inequality is the content. Comparing the two value functions period by period fails: in a given period the optimal policy may earn less than the myopic one, and its later advantage comes from having moved the reference price. The two policies also generate different reference paths, so their revenues are evaluated at different states, and the sensitivity of the revenue to the reference price enters only through the constant ω\omegaω. The revenue is not concave in prices or in reference prices, and the kinks at pi=rip_i=r_ipi​=ri​ make it nonsmooth. The Bellman equation itself needs the optimal value to be well behaved enough in r\mathbf rr for the one-step maximum to be attained.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (product iii is Lean index i−1i-1i−1), and vectors are Fin n → ℝ. The shares are defined directly by the logit formula; the Gumbel random-utility derivation is motivation only. The standing assumptions b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) and pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 are hypotheses of every theorem. The goal also assumes the ceiling condition pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, as a standing assumption of §2.4. That condition is stated as the existence of a root of (9) at most pHp_HpH​. The Bellman equation omits the ceiling condition (it holds without it). Proposition 1.1 varies pHp_HpH​, so it does not take the condition.

  • V⋆V^\starV⋆ is optValue, the supremum over all admissible price sequences, built as an instance of the published deterministic dynamic program KarlinDP.Deterministic.optimalReturn (Karlin 1955). The paper writes V⋆V^\starV⋆ as a maximum over stationary policies and uses it through (6); milestone 1 is the theorem that connects the two.
  • The bound holds for every myopic selection, because single-period maximisers can tie.
  • ω\omegaω and χ\chiχ are maxima over NNN, written ⨆ i, which is 000 when n=0n=0n=0 (then V⋆=Vm=0V^\star=V^m=0V⋆=Vm=0).

Lean's real supremum is 000 on an unbounded family and its tsum is 000 on a non-summable series. Neither default is reached here: with β<1\beta<1β<1 and pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 the family is nonempty and bounded by pH/(1−β)p_H/(1-\beta)pH​/(1−β), and every series is summable. So the goal cannot hold vacuously through a junk value. In particular, V⋆V^\starV⋆ may not be replaced by an arbitrary solution of (6), and the constant may not be weakened, for example by replacing ω\omegaω with 111.

Needed infrastructure: continuity of the MNL revenue, the Bellman equation for a discounted deterministic program on a compact action set, and bounds on the myopic value Πm(r)=max⁡p∈PnΠ(p,r)\Pi^m(\mathbf r)=\max_{\mathbf p\in\mathcal P^n}\Pi(\mathbf p,\mathbf r)Πm(r)=maxp∈Pn​Π(p,r) as a function of r\mathbf rr. The first two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, SSRN 4189049 (version of 2024-05-25); Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic pricing strategies with reference effects, Operations Research 55(3):413–429, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • X. Chen, P. Hu, Z. Hu, Efficient algorithms for the dynamic pricing problem with reference price effect, Management Science 63(12):4389–4408, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2016.2554
  • S. Karlin, The structure of dynamic programming models, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 2(4):285–294, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800020408
  • D. McFadden, Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, 105–142, 1974.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Flow Allocation Games 2: In Unit-Ranking Games Every Strong Equilibrium Has Total Flow at Least the Optimum Divided by the Min-Max Cycle Length dResearch Paper

Motivation

Financial networks are webs of liabilities: firm uuu owes firm vvv an amount c(u,v)c_{(u,v)}c(u,v)​, and every firm holds some external assets. When firms cannot pay in full, how much money actually moves through the network depends on how each firm splits its available funds among its creditors. The classical clearing model of Eisenberg and Noe (2001) fixes this split by a proportional rule. Flow allocation games, introduced by Bertschinger, Hoefer and Schmand (arXiv:1908.01714, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025), make it strategic: every firm chooses how to allocate whatever it receives, and the resulting payments are the clearing state of the chosen strategies.

Because money that circulates comes back, the total amount of flow in such a network is driven by cycles, and cycles require several firms to cooperate. The natural solution concept is therefore the strong equilibrium, which is stable against joint deviations of coalitions. The paper shows that in unit-ranking games a strong equilibrium maximizing total flow always exists (Theorem 9, price of stability 111). This mission concerns the other side: how much total flow can the worst strong equilibrium lose, and which structural parameter of the network controls the loss.

Setting

A flow allocation game Γ=(G,(bv)v∈V,(ce)e∈E)\Gamma=(G,(b_v)_{v\in V},(c_e)_{e\in E})Γ=(G,(bv​)v∈V​,(ce​)e∈E​) consists of a finite directed graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) (parallel edges allowed), a fixed supply bv∈N0b_v\in\mathbb N_0bv​∈N0​ at each node and a capacity ce∈N0c_e\in\mathbb N_0ce​∈N0​ on each edge. Every node is a player. E+(v)E^+(v)E+(v) and E−(v)E^-(v)E−(v) denote the outgoing and incoming edges of vvv, and cv+=∑e∈E+(v)cec_v^+=\sum_{e\in E^+(v)}c_ecv+​=∑e∈E+(v)​ce​.

In a unit-ranking game, player vvv chooses for each edge e∈E+(v)e\in E^+(v)e∈E+(v) a non-decreasing function ae:N0→N0a_e:\mathbb N_0\to\mathbb N_0ae​:N0​→N0​ with ae(y)≤cea_e(y)\le c_eae​(y)≤ce​ and ∑e∈E+(v)ae(y)=min⁡{cv+,y}\sum_{e\in E^+(v)}a_e(y)=\min\{c_v^+,y\}∑e∈E+(v)​ae​(y)=min{cv+​,y}: given a total supply yyy, it forwards all of it until its outgoing edges are full, one unit at a time according to a ranking of unit capacities. A flow fff is feasible for a profile a\mathbf aa if f(v,w)=a(v,w)(fv)f_{(v,w)}=a_{(v,w)}(f_v)f(v,w)​=a(v,w)​(fv​) with fv=bv+∑e∈E−(v)fef_v=b_v+\sum_{e\in E^-(v)}f_efv​=bv​+∑e∈E−(v)​fe​. The clearing state f^\hat ff^​ is the coordinatewise largest feasible flow; player vvv's utility is uv(a)=∑e∈E+(v)f^eu_v(\mathbf a)=\sum_{e\in E^+(v)}\hat f_euv​(a)=∑e∈E+(v)​f^​e​, and the total flow is

Flow(a)=∑e∈Ef^e.\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)=\sum_{e\in E}\hat f_e .Flow(a)=e∈E∑​f^​e​.

A profile is a strong equilibrium if no non-empty coalition C⊆VC\subseteq VC⊆V can jointly switch to other unit-ranking strategies so that every member of CCC strictly gains.

The circulation network G′G'G′ adds an auxiliary node sss with edges (v,s)(v,s)(v,s) of unbounded capacity and (s,v)(s,v)(s,v) of capacity bvb_vbv​ for every vvv. An optimal circulation f∗f^*f∗ of G′G'G′ maximizes ∑e∈E′fe∗\sum_{e\in E'}f^*_e∑e∈E′​fe∗​. A decomposition C(f∗)={C1,…,Ck}\mathcal C(f^*)=\{C_1,\dots,C_k\}C(f∗)={C1​,…,Ck​} of f∗f^*f∗ into cycles of unit flow is a list of simple directed cycles of G′G'G′ that uses each edge exactly as often as f∗f^*f∗ has units on it. The parameter of this mission is

d=min⁡f∗, C(f∗) max⁡Ci∈C(f∗)∣Ci∣,d=\min_{f^*,\ \mathcal C(f^*)}\ \max_{C_i\in\mathcal C(f^*)}|C_i| ,d=f∗, C(f∗)min​ Ci​∈C(f∗)max​∣Ci​∣,

the smallest possible size of the longest cycle, over all decompositions of all optimal circulations; sizes count auxiliary edges.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 16 (p. 30)

In unit-ranking games, the price of anarchy for strong equilibria in terms of Flow is at most ddd: for every strong equilibrium a\mathbf aa and every unit-ranking profile a′\mathbf a'a′,

Flow(a′)≤d⋅Flow(a).\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a')\le d\cdot\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a).Flow(a′)≤d⋅Flow(a).

The statement fixes no constant beyond the structural parameter ddd and holds for all capacities and supplies.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 16, p. 30)

  1. An optimal circulation yields the optimal total flow, and
Flow(a∗)=∑Ci∈C(f∗)∣Ci∣−2∑vbv≤∑Ci∈C(f∗)d.\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a^*)=\sum_{C_i\in\mathcal C(f^*)}|C_i|-2\sum_{v}b_v\le\sum_{C_i\in\mathcal C(f^*)}d .Flow(a∗)=Ci​∈C(f∗)∑​∣Ci​∣−2v∑​bv​≤Ci​∈C(f∗)∑​d.
  1. In a strong equilibrium every simple cycle of GGG contains an edge with f^e=ce\hat f_e=c_ef^​e​=ce​.
  2. Flow(a)\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)Flow(a) is at least the number of cycles of C(f∗)\mathcal C(f^*)C(f∗) that avoid sss.

Companions

  • Theorem 16 for games without fixed supplies (b≡0b\equiv0b≡0), the setting of Propositions 15 and 17.
  • Proposition 17 (p. 30). For every d≥2d\ge2d≥2 there is a unit-ranking game with parameter ddd and a strong equilibrium a\mathbf aa with Flow(a)>0\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)>0Flow(a)>0 and (d−1) Flow(a)≤Flow(a∗)(d-1)\,\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)\le\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a^*)(d−1)Flow(a)≤Flow(a∗).

Significance

The bound identifies the length of the circulating cycles as the quantity that governs the efficiency of coalition-stable payment behaviour. In networks whose optimal circulation decomposes into short cycles, such as bilateral or triangular netting of liabilities, every strong equilibrium clears at least a 1/d1/d1/d fraction of the optimal total payments; Proposition 17 shows that long cycles genuinely cost efficiency, so the bound is tight up to one. For pure Nash equilibria no such bound exists (Proposition 15, the price of anarchy is unbounded), so the result separates coalitional from unilateral stability.

The results are proved on paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formalization adds a precise account of the model (clearing state as a supremum of feasible flows, unit-ranking strategies as functions on N0\mathbb N_0N0​, cycle decompositions of the circulation network) and checks a proof whose last step, as printed, needs repair. The printed last display, Flow(a)≥∑Ci∈C(f∗)1\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)\ge\sum_{C_i\in\mathcal C(f^*)}1Flow(a)≥∑Ci​∈C(f∗)​1, does not hold for cycles passing through the auxiliary node sss: with a single node vvv, bv=1b_v=1bv​=1 and no outgoing edges, C(f∗)={(s,v,s)}\mathcal C(f^*)=\{(s,v,s)\}C(f∗)={(s,v,s)} but Flow(a)=0\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)=0Flow(a)=0. The theorem itself is not contradicted by this example, and the printed argument is complete for games without fixed supplies. The cycles through the auxiliary node need a separate count, which is part of the work this mission asks for.

Difficulty

The upper bound compares an arbitrary strong equilibrium with an optimum that may look nothing like it. The obvious approach, counting the units of each optimal cycle that also carry equilibrium flow, fails: the clearing state is a fixed point of all strategies at once, so whether a unit reaches an edge depends on decisions all around the network, and the equilibrium may route its flow along entirely different cycles. A single player cannot complete a cycle on its own, which is why the Nash price of anarchy is unbounded; any argument has to use coalitional deviations, and a deviation changes the clearing state globally, so its effect on each member's utility must be controlled through the fixed point.

The second difficulty is the auxiliary node. A cycle of the optimal decomposition that passes through sss contains a node that is not a player, so no coalition of players can claim it, and the unit of flow it represents may sit on an auxiliary edge that Flow\mathrm{Flow}Flow does not count. These cycles are exactly where the printed argument stops short.

Formalization scope

Supplies, capacities, strategies and flows are natural numbers, as the paper prescribes for unit-ranking games. The graph is a finite type of nodes VVV and a finite type of edges EEE with tail and head maps, so parallel edges and loops are allowed. The clearing state is the coordinatewise sSup of the feasible flows. Coalitions are non-empty, and deviations range over unit-ranking profiles. Optimal circulations are optimal among integral circulations. Cycles of G′G'G′ are lists of edges with pairwise distinct start nodes, and decompositions are lists of cycles counted with multiplicity. Nodes of G′G'G′ are Option V, with none the node sss.

The price of anarchy is stated multiplicatively, Flow(a′)≤d⋅Flow(a)\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a')\le d\cdot\mathrm{Flow}(\mathbf a)Flow(a′)≤d⋅Flow(a), with no division, so a zero-flow equilibrium cannot satisfy the goal vacuously through a junk quotient. The parameter ddd enters as a hypothesis, "some decomposition of some optimal circulation has all cycles of size at most ddd", which is equivalent to the bound for the min-max ddd and avoids an infimum that would be 000 on an empty set. In Proposition 17 the strong equilibrium is required to have positive flow, since otherwise the lower bound would hold trivially.

Not formalized: the complexity results of the paper, the bounds for other quality measures (Proposition 18) and for Nash equilibria (Proposition 15). A complete development needs the integral version of the lattice theorem for feasible flows (Theorem 2), the existence of a Flow-optimal profile from the proof of Theorem 9, and integral cycle decomposition of circulations; the last two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on each milestone, on a separate count for cycles through sss, and on the explicit construction of Proposition 17.

Selected references

  • N. Bertschinger, M. Hoefer, D. Schmand, Flow Allocation Games, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:1908.01714v3, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.01714
  • L. Eisenberg, T. H. Noe, Systemic Risk in Financial Systems, Management Science 47(2), 236–249, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.47.2.236.9835
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Sensitivity Analysis via Optimal Transport 2: OT-Based Sensitivity Measures Are Monotone in Information and Continuous Along Increasing σ-AlgebrasResearch Paper

Why measure sensitivity by optimal transport

Global sensitivity analysis asks how much the uncertainty in an output YYY of a model or a data set is explained by an input XXX. A large family of indices has the form "expected discrepancy between the marginal law of YYY and its conditional law given XXX": the variance-based index of Sobol' and Wagner, the L1L^1L1 density-based index, Kuiper and Cramér–von Mises indices. Borgonovo, Figalli, Plischke and Savaré (Management Science 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.01796) take the discrepancy to be an optimal-transport cost. The resulting indices apply to multivariate outputs, need no density, and include as special cases the numerator of Wiesel's Wasserstein correlation coefficient (Wiesel 2022, arXiv:2207.14079).

A sensitivity index is meant to measure information: how much knowing XXX, or a coarsening of XXX, tells about YYY. Two properties make this reading legitimate. Coarser information must never be worth more than finer information, and an index computed from increasingly fine observations of XXX must approach the value for the limiting information. This mission formalizes both properties for the optimal-transport indices, Theorems 8 and 9 of the paper. Theorem 9 is also the last step of the paper's consistency proof for its partition estimator (Theorem 21).

Setting

Let (Ω,B,P)(\Omega,\mathcal B,\mathbb P)(Ω,B,P) be a probability space, X\mathsf XX and Y\mathsf YY Polish spaces with Borel σ-algebras B(X)\mathscr B(\mathsf X)B(X), B(Y)\mathscr B(\mathsf Y)B(Y), and X:Ω→XX:\Omega\to\mathsf XX:Ω→X, Y:Ω→YY:\Omega\to\mathsf YY:Ω→Y measurable maps. Write μ\muμ and ν\nuν for the laws of XXX and YYY.

A cost is a continuous function k:Y×Y→[0,+∞]\mathsf k:\mathsf Y\times\mathsf Y\to[0,+\infty]k:Y×Y→[0,+∞] with k(y,y′)=0\mathsf k(y,y')=0k(y,y′)=0 exactly when y=y′y=y'y=y′. The optimal-transport cost between probability measures ν,ν′\nu,\nu'ν,ν′ on Y\mathsf YY is

K(ν,ν′)=inf⁡π∈Π(ν,ν′)∬k(y,y′) dπ(y,y′),K(\nu,\nu')=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi(\nu,\nu')}\iint\mathsf k(y,y')\,d\pi(y,y'),K(ν,ν′)=π∈Π(ν,ν′)inf​∬k(y,y′)dπ(y,y′),

where Π(ν,ν′)\Pi(\nu,\nu')Π(ν,ν′) is the set of probability measures on Y×Y\mathsf Y\times\mathsf YY×Y with marginals ν\nuν and ν′\nu'ν′.

For a σ-algebra F⊆B(X)\mathcal F\subseteq\mathscr B(\mathsf X)F⊆B(X), representing partial information on XXX, a version of the conditional distribution of YYY given (X,F)(X,\mathcal F)(X,F) is a family (νxF)x∈X(\nu^{\mathcal F}_x)_{x\in\mathsf X}(νxF​)x∈X​ of probability measures on Y\mathsf YY with x↦νxF(B)x\mapsto\nu^{\mathcal F}_x(B)x↦νxF​(B) F\mathcal FF-measurable and

P(X∈A, Y∈B)=∫AνxF(B) dμ(x)(A∈F, B∈B(Y)).\mathbb P(X\in A,\ Y\in B)=\int_A\nu^{\mathcal F}_x(B)\,d\mu(x)\qquad(A\in\mathcal F,\ B\in\mathscr B(\mathsf Y)).P(X∈A, Y∈B)=∫A​νxF​(B)dμ(x)(A∈F, B∈B(Y)).

The OT-based sensitivity measure (Definition 1) is

ξK(Y,X∣F)=∫XK(ν,νxF) dμ(x)∈[0,+∞],\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)=\int_{\mathsf X}K(\nu,\nu^{\mathcal F}_x)\,d\mu(x)\in[0,+\infty],ξK(Y,X∣F)=∫X​K(ν,νxF​)dμ(x)∈[0,+∞],

written ξK(Y,X)\xi^K(Y,X)ξK(Y,X) when F=B(X)\mathcal F=\mathscr B(\mathsf X)F=B(X). For a Borel map g:X→Ug:\mathsf X\to\mathsf Ug:X→U into a Polish space, U=g∘XU=g\circ XU=g∘X is a new random variable and ξK(Y,U)\xi^K(Y,U)ξK(Y,U) is defined in the same way on U\mathsf UU; σ(g)\sigma(g)σ(g) is the σ-algebra generated by ggg.

Formalization targets

Goal: continuity along increasing σ-algebras (Theorem 9)

For an increasing sequence F1⊆F2⊆⋯\mathcal F^1\subseteq\mathcal F^2\subseteq\cdotsF1⊆F2⊆⋯ of sub-σ-algebras of B(X)\mathscr B(\mathsf X)B(X) with join F=⋁nFn\mathcal F=\bigvee_n\mathcal F^nF=⋁n​Fn,

lim⁡n→∞ξK(Y,X∣Fn)=ξK(Y,X∣F)in [0,+∞].\lim_{n\to\infty}\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F^n)=\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)\quad\text{in }[0,+\infty].n→∞lim​ξK(Y,X∣Fn)=ξK(Y,X∣F)in [0,+∞].

Milestones

  • (66) and (68): the conditional law given coarser information is a mixture of the conditional laws given XXX, against the disintegration of μ\muμ.
  • Jensen step: K(ν,∫ηx dρ(x))≤∫K(ν,ηx) dρ(x)K\big(\nu,\int\eta_x\,d\rho(x)\big)\le\int K(\nu,\eta_x)\,d\rho(x)K(ν,∫ηx​dρ(x))≤∫K(ν,ηx​)dρ(x).
  • Theorem 8: ξK(Y,X)≥ξK(Y,X∣F)\xi^K(Y,X)\ge\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)ξK(Y,X)≥ξK(Y,X∣F) (23); ξK(Y,X)≥ξK(Y,U)=ξK(Y,X∣σ(g))\xi^K(Y,X)\ge\xi^K(Y,U)=\xi^K(Y,X\mid\sigma(g))ξK(Y,X)≥ξK(Y,U)=ξK(Y,X∣σ(g)) (24); equality ξK(Y,X)=ξK(Y,U)\xi^K(Y,X)=\xi^K(Y,U)ξK(Y,X)=ξK(Y,U) when ggg is injective almost everywhere.
  • Relative monotonicity: ξK(Y,X∣G)≤ξK(Y,X∣F)\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal G)\le\xi^K(Y,X\mid\mathcal F)ξK(Y,X∣G)≤ξK(Y,X∣F) for G⊆F\mathcal G\subseteq\mathcal FG⊆F.
  • Almost-sure weak convergence of the conditional laws νxn→νx∞\nu^n_x\to\nu^\infty_xνxn​→νx∞​ for μ\muμ-a.e. xxx.
  • Lower semicontinuity of K(ν,⋅)K(\nu,\cdot)K(ν,⋅) under weak convergence.

Significance

The results. Theorem 8 is the formal statement that the OT indices value information monotonically: a transformation g(X)g(X)g(X) of an input, such as a discretization or an aggregation of features, can only lose explanatory power, and loses none when ggg is injective. Theorem 9 makes the indices continuous in the information: refining a partition of the input space, as an estimator does when the sample grows, recovers the index of the limiting σ-algebra. The paper relies on Theorem 9 to prove that its given-data estimator is consistent, and on Theorem 8 to justify its interpretation of the indices as values of information.

The formalization. The proofs are on pp. 35–36 of the authors' manuscript. As far as we know, none of these statements has been machine-checked. Formalizing them requires conditional distributions relative to arbitrary sub-σ-algebras, the convexity of optimal-transport costs under mixtures, and their lower semicontinuity under weak convergence, which are general facts of optimal transport that the platform does not yet have.

Difficulty

The monotonicity in Theorem 8 is a Jensen inequality, but it is applied to a function of a measure, K(ν,⋅)K(\nu,\cdot)K(ν,⋅), along a mixture indexed by a disintegration, so the step needs a measurable choice of near-optimal couplings. Without such a choice the averaged coupling is not defined.

For Theorem 9, the inequality lim sup⁡≤\limsup\lelimsup≤ follows from monotonicity, and lim inf⁡≥\liminf\geliminf≥ is the substance. The natural first idea, Lévy's upward theorem applied to E[φ(Y)∣X,Fn]\mathbb E[\varphi(Y)\mid X,\mathcal F^n]E[φ(Y)∣X,Fn], gives convergence for one test function at a time and outside a null set that depends on φ\varphiφ. Weak convergence of the conditional laws for almost every xxx is a statement about all test functions at once. Even with it, K(ν,⋅)K(\nu,\cdot)K(ν,⋅) is only lower semicontinuous, not continuous, and the cost k\mathsf kk may be unbounded and take the value +∞+\infty+∞. No integrability hypothesis is available: the theorem holds without assuming MK[Y]<∞\mathbb M^K[Y]<\inftyMK[Y]<∞, including when the limit is +∞+\infty+∞.

Formalization scope

  • X\mathsf XX, Y\mathsf YY, U\mathsf UU are Polish spaces with Borel σ-algebras; the paper's supports in RnX\mathbb R^{n_X}RnX​, RnY\mathbb R^{n_Y}RnY​ are such spaces.
  • XXX, YYY, ggg are measurable, and P\mathbb PP is a probability measure.
  • Costs, KKK, MK\mathbb M^KMK and ξK\xi^KξK take values in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞] (ℝ≥0∞); integrals are lower Lebesgue integrals.
  • KKK is the published platform definition RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost. Its first argument is the marginal ν\nuν and its second the conditional law.
  • Conditional distributions are characterized by the defining property above (IsCondDistrib), never constructed. Every statement holds for every version, and versions for different nnn need not be compatible.
  • The join ⋁nFn\bigvee_n\mathcal F^n⋁n​Fn is the supremum of σ-algebras (⨆ n, Fs n), and the sequence is indexed from 000.
  • Weak convergence is tested against all bounded continuous real functions.
  • "Injective almost everywhere" means injective on a measurable set of full μ\muμ-measure.

The goal is a Tendsto in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], not a one-sided bound. In particular, a proof of only lim sup⁡≤\limsup\lelimsup≤ (monotonicity) or of the statement under a finiteness hypothesis on MK[Y]\mathbb M^K[Y]MK[Y] does not close it. ξK(Y,U)\xi^K(Y,U)ξK(Y,U) uses the conditional distribution of YYY given the random variable UUU on U\mathsf UU, not that given (X,σ(g))(X,\sigma(g))(X,σ(g)); their equality is part of (24).

Two readings are disclosed corrections. Theorem 9's "sub-σ-algebras in F\mathcal FF" is read as sub-σ-algebras of B(X)\mathscr B(\mathsf X)B(X). The comparison of two sub-σ-algebras G⊆F\mathcal G\subseteq\mathcal FG⊆F, used in the proof of Theorem 9 but stated in Theorem 8 only for F=B(X)\mathcal F=\mathscr B(\mathsf X)F=B(X), is posed as its own milestone.

Reusable infrastructure includes the following, and contributions of any of them are welcome:

  • existence and uniqueness of conditional distributions given a sub-σ-algebra;
  • mixture convexity and lower semicontinuity of optimal-transport costs;
  • almost-sure weak convergence of conditional laws along a filtration.

Selected references

  • E. Borgonovo, A. Figalli, E. Plischke, G. Savaré, Global Sensitivity Analysis via Optimal Transport, Management Science, 2025 (authors' manuscript of 7 March 2024). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01796
  • J. Wiesel, Measuring association with Wasserstein distances, arXiv preprint, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2207.14079
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
  • L. Schwartz, Radon Measures on Arbitrary Topological Spaces and Cylindrical Measures, Oxford University Press, 1973.
  • I. M. Sobol', Sensitivity estimates for nonlinear mathematical models, Mathematical Modeling and Computational Experiment, 1993.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Sharing at Music Streaming Platforms III: When No User Plays Every Artist, Homogeneity, Additivity and Core Selection Characterize the User-Centric IndexResearch Paper

Motivation

Music streaming platforms collect a subscription fee from each user and pass a large share of the revenue to the artists. How that money is divided has become a policy question. Most platforms use the pro-rata rule: all fees are pooled and each artist is paid in proportion to their share of all streams. The main alternative is the user-centric rule: each user's fee is divided only among the artists that user played, in proportion to that user's own streams. The choice decides whether a heavy listener's tastes count for more than a light listener's, and it has been debated by platforms, rights holders and regulators.

G. Bergantiños and J. D. Moreno-Ternero, Revenue Sharing at Music Streaming Platforms (arXiv:2310.11861, Management Science, 2025), study the question axiomatically and through cooperative game theory. This mission formalizes their Theorem 3: once one asks that no group of artists can be paid less than the money of the users who only listened to that group, the user-centric rule is the only homogeneous and additive option. Two sibling missions treat Theorem 1 (axiomatic characterizations of pro-rata and user-centric) and Theorem 2 (the core of the streaming game).

Setting

There are nnn artists NNN. A streaming problem (N,M,t)(N, M, t)(N,M,t) consists of a finite set MMM of users and the numbers tij∈Nt_{ij} \in \mathbb Ntij​∈N of times user jjj played artist iii; every user has played at least one artist. For a user jjj let

Tj=∑i∈Ntij,Lj={i∈N:tij>0},T^j = \sum_{i\in N} t_{ij}, \qquad L^j = \{i \in N : t_{ij} > 0\},Tj=i∈N∑​tij​,Lj={i∈N:tij​>0},

the user's total streams and the list of artists the user played. Each user pays 111, so the amount to be shared is m=∣M∣m = |M|m=∣M∣.

A popularity index III assigns to each problem a nonnegative vector I(N,M,t)∈RNI(N,M,t) \in \mathbb R^NI(N,M,t)∈RN with positive total. Artist iii is then paid

RiI(N,M,t)=Ii(N,M,t)∑i′∈NIi′(N,M,t) m.R^I_i(N,M,t) = \frac{I_i(N,M,t)}{\sum_{i'\in N} I_{i'}(N,M,t)}\, m .RiI​(N,M,t)=∑i′∈N​Ii′​(N,M,t)Ii​(N,M,t)​m.

Indices that are positive multiples of each other pay the same, and are identified. The user-centric index is Ui(N,M,t)=∑j∈Mtij/TjU_i(N,M,t) = \sum_{j\in M} t_{ij}/T^jUi​(N,M,t)=∑j∈M​tij​/Tj.

The streaming game of a problem is the cooperative game on the artists with worth v(S)=∣{j∈M:Lj⊆S}∣v(S) = |\{j \in M : L^j \subseteq S\}|v(S)=∣{j∈M:Lj⊆S}∣, the money of the users who only played artists in SSS. Its core is

C(N,v)={x∈RN:∑i∈Nxi=v(N), ∑i∈Sxi≥v(S) for all S⊆N}.C(N,v) = \Big\{x \in \mathbb R^N : \sum_{i\in N} x_i = v(N),\ \sum_{i\in S} x_i \ge v(S) \text{ for all } S \subseteq N\Big\}.C(N,v)={x∈RN:i∈N∑​xi​=v(N), i∈S∑​xi​≥v(S) for all S⊆N}.

The axioms are:

  • homogeneity: if λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 and tij=λti′jt_{ij} = \lambda t_{i'j}tij​=λti′j​ for every user jjj, then Ii=λIi′I_i = \lambda I_{i'}Ii​=λIi′​;
  • additivity: the index of the union of two problems with disjoint sets of users is the sum of their indices;
  • core selection: RI(N,M,t)∈C(N,v)R^I(N,M,t) \in C(N,v)RI(N,M,t)∈C(N,v).

The domain P∗\mathcal P^*P∗ consists of the problems in which no user has played every artist, Lj≠NL^j \neq NLj=N for all j∈Mj\in Mj∈M.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 14)

On P∗\mathcal P^*P∗, an index satisfies homogeneity, additivity and core selection if and only if there is c>0c > 0c>0 with

Ii(N,M,t)=c Ui(N,M,t)for every (N,M,t)∈P∗, i∈N.I_i(N,M,t) = c\, U_i(N,M,t) \qquad \text{for every } (N,M,t) \in \mathcal P^*,\ i \in N.Ii​(N,M,t)=cUi​(N,M,t)for every (N,M,t)∈P∗, i∈N.

Milestones

  1. The user-centric rewards belong to A(N,M,t)A(N,M,t)A(N,M,t), the vectors ∑j∈Mxj\sum_{j\in M} x^j∑j∈M​xj with each xjx^jxj a probability vector on LjL^jLj; and they belong to the core C(N,v)C(N,v)C(N,v), on every problem (p. 14).
  2. The user-centric index satisfies homogeneity, additivity and core selection on P∗\mathcal P^*P∗ (p. 23).
  3. Display (1): under core selection, the index of a one-user problem vanishes outside the user's list (pp. 23–24).
  4. On a one-user problem, Ii=[∑i′Ii′]UiI_i = \big[\sum_{i'} I_{i'}\big] U_iIi​=[∑i′​Ii′​]Ui​ (p. 24).
  5. The Claim: two distinct users with disjoint lists have one-user problems with equal index totals (p. 24).
  6. The same equality for any two distinct users (p. 25).

Significance

The theorem singles out the user-centric rule by a stability property rather than by a fairness postulate about users. Core selection says that no coalition of artists receives less than the payments of the users who listen exclusively to that coalition; the pro-rata rule violates it already in a two-user example (p. 14). Together with Theorem 1 of the same paper, it gives two independent routes to the user-centric rule, which is the form in which the result enters the policy discussion.

The paper proves the theorem in its appendix (pp. 23–25). Nothing about streaming problems, popularity indices or this characterization has been formalized before; the mission produces a machine-checked version of the model, of the user-centric index's membership in the core, and of the characterization. The model layer (problems as finitely supported stream tables, rewards, the streaming game) is shared in shape with the two sibling missions.

Difficulty

Each axiom is easy to verify for the user-centric index; the content is the converse. Homogeneity and additivity alone allow every weighted index, where each user's streams are weighted by an arbitrary positive function of the user and the profile, and pro-rata is one of them. The difficulty is to extract from core selection, which only constrains ratios of index values through the reward normalization, that every user carries exactly the same total weight. Core selection on a single user only fixes the shape of the index on that user's list; comparing two users requires problems with several users, and the comparison of two users whose lists overlap cannot be made directly.

Formalization scope

Artists are Fin n (0-based). Users are natural numbers, and a problem is a finitely supported map t : ℕ →₀ (Fin n → ℕ) whose support is the user set MMM. This builds in three standing assumptions of the paper: every user of a problem has played some artist (Lj≠∅L^j \neq \emptysetLj=∅), streams are natural numbers, and an index can depend only on the columns of the users of the problem. The core is the published Supermodularity.Cooperative.Core on Finset.univ. Rewards use m=∣M∣m = |M|m=∣M∣; at the empty problem the reward vector is 000 and the core of the zero game is {0}\{0\}{0}.

Two readings are committed to and disclosed:

  • Additivity is for disjoint user groups. The page's "M=M1∪M2M = M^1 \cup M^2M=M1∪M2" without disjointness would force I=2II = 2II=2I and no index would satisfy it; every proof in the paper splits users disjointly.
  • The domain P∗\mathcal P^*P∗. The page defines P∗\mathcal P^*P∗ as the problems with at least three users in which no user played every artist. The proof applies core selection and additivity to one- and two-user problems "in P∗\mathcal P^*P∗" and draws a third user from outside the problem. The formalization follows the proof: P∗\mathcal P^*P∗ is every problem in which no user played every artist, the axioms and the conclusion are quantified over it, and "at least three users" is a property of the user population N\mathbb NN, which is infinite. A version restricting the axioms to problems with at least three users is a different statement not covered by the paper's proof.

The index requirements (nonnegativity, positive total) are imposed on nonempty problems of P∗\mathcal P^*P∗ only; demanding a positive total at the empty problem would make every index impossible and the theorem vacuous. "Is the user-centric index" is one global c>0c > 0c>0, not a constant depending on the problem: a problem-dependent constant would turn the conclusion into a much weaker statement. With one artist P∗\mathcal P^*P∗ holds only the empty problem and the theorem is vacuous, as on the page; no hypothesis on nnn is added. The milestones on one-user problems are stated for arbitrary nonzero profiles of a user, which is the same as the page's columns of a problem in P∗\mathcal P^*P∗.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulation over Finsupp supports and the decomposition of a problem into its one-user problems. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of Theorem 2's inclusion A⊆CA \subseteq CA⊆C, which milestone 1 needs.

Selected references

  • G. Bergantiños, J. D. Moreno-Ternero, Revenue Sharing at Music Streaming Platforms, arXiv:2310.11861v1, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2310.11861
  • V. A. Vasil'ev, On a class of imputations in cooperative games, Soviet Mathematics Doklady 23, 53–57, 1981 (used by the paper's Theorem 2, from which milestone 1 is drawn).
  • J. C. Harsanyi, A bargaining model for cooperative n-person games, in A. W. Tucker, R. D. Luce (eds.), Contributions to the Theory of Games IV, Princeton University Press, 1959, pp. 325–355 (dividends, used by Theorem 2).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers 1: With Scarce Vehicles, Service Level Rises Then Falls in the Number of Drivers Exactly When Condition (5) HoldsResearch Paper

Motivation

Remote driving, or tele-driving, separates the driver from the vehicle: a human sitting in a control centre drives a car over a network link and can switch to another car as soon as a trip ends. Commercial pilots of this model exist for car delivery and ride-hailing, and it gives a platform a new design choice. A conventional ride-hailing fleet has one driver per car. A tele-driven fleet can run more cars than drivers.

Benjaafar, Wang and Yang model this choice as a queueing system and ask how the service level depends on the number of drivers when the number of vehicles is fixed (SSRN 4130757; published in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687). Idle vehicles still matter even when nobody is driving them: they are spread over the service region, so the car nearest a new request is closer, and trips (pick-up plus ride) finish faster. A driver count below the vehicle count therefore trades fewer servers for shorter service times. This mission formalizes the paper's first main result, Theorem 1.A, which says when that trade can strictly improve service. The mission follows the 2023 SSRN working paper (version of 1 June 2023) and its numbering.

Setting

A platform has mmm vehicles and n≤mn \le mn≤m remote drivers. Trip requests arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. A request that finds all nnn drivers busy is lost. While qqq customers are in service, each trip ends at the exponential rate μ(m,q)\mu(m, q)μ(m,q), a function of a real q∈[1,m]q \in [1, m]q∈[1,m]. The paper's standing assumptions on this rate are:

  • Assumption 1: μ(m,q)\mu(m,q)μ(m,q) is strictly increasing in mmm and decreasing in qqq, strictly concave in qqq, tends to 1/s1/s1/s as m→∞m \to \inftym→∞ (where s>0s > 0s>0 is the expected trip time between two uniform locations), and μ(m,m)\mu(m,m)μ(m,m) does not depend on mmm;
  • Assumption 2: there is mˉ>0\bar m > 0mˉ>0 such that for m≥mˉm \ge \bar mm≥mˉ the trip-completion rate qμ(m,q)q\mu(m,q)qμ(m,q) first increases and then decreases in qqq.

The number of customers in service is a birth–death chain with birth rate λ\lambdaλ and death rate qμ(m,q)q\mu(m,q)qμ(m,q), truncated at nnn. With

ρ(q)=λq μ(m,q),\rho(q) = \frac{\lambda}{q\,\mu(m,q)},ρ(q)=qμ(m,q)λ​,

its stationary law is πm,n(q)=∏k=1qρ(k)/[1+∑i=1n∏k=1iρ(k)]\pi_{m,n}(q) = \prod_{k=1}^{q}\rho(k) \big/ \big[1 + \sum_{i=1}^{n}\prod_{k=1}^{i}\rho(k)\big]πm,n​(q)=∏k=1q​ρ(k)/[1+∑i=1n​∏k=1i​ρ(k)] for 0≤q≤n0 \le q \le n0≤q≤n. The service level, the long-run fraction of requests served, is

SL(m,n)=1−πm,n(n).SL(m,n) = 1 - \pi_{m,n}(n).SL(m,n)=1−πm,n​(n).

The paper restricts throughout to m≥mˉm \ge \bar mm≥mˉ and λ>max⁡{1/s,max⁡q≤mˉqμ(mˉ,q)}\lambda > \max\{1/s, \max_{q \le \bar m} q\mu(\bar m, q)\}λ>max{1/s,maxq≤mˉ​qμ(mˉ,q)}. It splits fleet sizes into three regimes by thresholds γ1(λ)<γ2(λ)\gamma_1(\lambda) < \gamma_2(\lambda)γ1​(λ)<γ2​(λ). In the supply-limited regime m<γ1(λ)m < \gamma_1(\lambda)m<γ1​(λ), demand exceeds the trip-completion rate in every state: ρ(q)>1\rho(q) > 1ρ(q)>1 for all q∈[1,m]q \in [1, m]q∈[1,m].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.A

For m<γ1(λ)m < \gamma_1(\lambda)m<γ1​(λ), if

λ SL(m,m)>m μ(m,m),(5)\lambda\, SL(m,m) > m\,\mu(m,m), \qquad (5)λSL(m,m)>mμ(m,m),(5)

then there is a threshold 1≤n~1≤m−11 \le \tilde n_1 \le m - 11≤n~1​≤m−1 such that SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) is strictly increasing in nnn for n≤n~1n \le \tilde n_1n≤n~1​ and strictly decreasing for n>n~1n > \tilde n_1n>n~1​, with SL(m,n~1)≥SL(m,n~1+1)SL(m,\tilde n_1) \ge SL(m,\tilde n_1 + 1)SL(m,n~1​)≥SL(m,n~1​+1). If (5) fails, SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) is non-decreasing in nnn on {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m}.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (first sentence): ρ\rhoρ is strictly convex and 1/ρ1/\rho1/ρ strictly concave on [1,m][1,m][1,m].
  2. Lemma 4: for 1≤n≤m1 \le n \le m1≤n≤m, πm,n−1(n−1)>πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n-1}(n-1) > \pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n−1​(n−1)>πm,n​(n) holds if and only if πm,n−1(n−1)>ρ(n)−1ρ(n)\pi_{m,n-1}(n-1) > \frac{\rho(n)-1}{\rho(n)}πm,n−1​(n−1)>ρ(n)ρ(n)−1​, if and only if πm,n(n)>ρ(n)−1ρ(n)\pi_{m,n}(n) > \frac{\rho(n)-1}{\rho(n)}πm,n​(n)>ρ(n)ρ(n)−1​.
  3. App. C.1, dichotomy: the blocking probability πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n​(n) is strictly decreasing on {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m}, or strictly decreasing up to some n~1\tilde n_1n~1​ and strictly increasing from n~1+1\tilde n_1 + 1n~1​+1.
  4. App. C.1, Condition (5): πm,m(m)>πm,m−1(m−1)\pi_{m,m}(m) > \pi_{m,m-1}(m-1)πm,m​(m)>πm,m−1​(m−1) if and only if (5) holds.

Significance

Theorem 1.A says that removing drivers from a fleet can strictly raise the fraction of demand served, and Condition (5) says exactly when. The condition compares the average trip-completion rate λSL(m,m)\lambda SL(m,m)λSL(m,m) with the completion rate mμ(m,m)m\mu(m,m)mμ(m,m) when every vehicle is occupied. In a standard multi-server loss system, where qμ(m,q)=qμq\mu(m,q) = q\muqμ(m,q)=qμ, the condition never holds and more servers always help. The result makes the optimal driver count a well-posed line search over a unimodal function, and the companion Theorems 1.B and 1.C of the paper (intermediate and supply-rich regimes) rest on the same recursion.

The paper's proofs are short but leave gaps a formal proof must close. To our knowledge no part of the paper has been machine-checked. The mission produces a complete formal statement of the model and of the theorem, under the paper's own assumptions, together with the lemmas the published argument passes through. Milestones 2–4 hold in every regime, so they also serve the proof of Theorem 1.B.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious argument. First, the blocking probability πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n​(n) is not a monotone function of anything simple: each driver count truncates the birth–death chain at a different state, so the comparison between n−1n-1n−1 and nnn drivers is a comparison of two different stationary laws. Second, the published argument for the first step of the dichotomy appeals to "ρ(1)>ρ(2)\rho(1) > \rho(2)ρ(1)>ρ(2) by Assumption 2", which Assumption 2 does not imply. A correct proof must handle the case where the blocking probability increases already from one driver to two. Strict convexity of ρ\rhoρ must also be proved without derivatives, because the formal rate μ\muμ is only assumed concave, not differentiable.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace TeleDriving.ScarceFleet. The rate is a function mu : ℕ → ℝ → ℝ, meaningful for real q∈[1,m]q \in [1, m]q∈[1,m]. ρ\rhoρ, the products ∏k≤iρ(k)\prod_{k\le i}\rho(k)∏k≤i​ρ(k), πm,n(q)\pi_{m,n}(q)πm,n​(q) and SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) are explicit definitions following (1)–(3). The committed conventions are:

  • Positivity of μ\muμ on [1,m][1,m][1,m] and s>0s > 0s>0, implicit on the page, are part of Assumption 1.
  • "Decreasing in qqq" is non-strict.
  • "First increases then decreases" means a turning point q^∈(1,m)\hat q \in (1, m)q^​∈(1,m), with strict increase on [1,q^][1,\hat q][1,q^​] and strict decrease on [q^,m][\hat q, m][q^​,m].
  • Assumptions 1–2 and the size restriction of p. 13 are hypotheses of every theorem.
  • The regime m<γ1(λ)m < \gamma_1(\lambda)m<γ1​(λ) is encoded by its characterization in Lemma 3(i), ρ(q)>1\rho(q) > 1ρ(q)>1 on [1,m][1, m][1,m], because γ1(λ)\gamma_1(\lambda)γ1​(λ) is a real root in mmm that an integer fleet size almost never equals.
  • Driver counts range over {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m}; monotonicity is stated on that set.
  • The junction SL(m,n~1)≥SL(m,n~1+1)SL(m,\tilde n_1) \ge SL(m,\tilde n_1+1)SL(m,n~1​)≥SL(m,n~1​+1) is non-strict, as the proof gives it.

The threshold is bounded, 1≤n~1≤m−11 \le \tilde n_1 \le m - 11≤n~1​≤m−1, and no hypothesis on the shape of π\piπ or SLSLSL is assumed. A threshold n~1=m\tilde n_1 = mn~1​=m or an assumed monotonicity would make the theorem trivial. The dichotomy milestone carries no regime hypothesis, because the argument of App. C.1 does not use one.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission, includes: mediant inequalities for a+cb+d\frac{a+c}{b+d}b+da+c​ with b,d>0b, d > 0b,d>0; the fact that the product of a positive linear function and a positive, antitone, strictly concave function is strictly concave; and the induction pattern that turns a one-step recursion test into global unimodality. Proofs of any milestone, alternative arguments, and proofs that dispense with the regime hypothesis are all welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, Z. Wang, X. Yang, Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers, SSRN working paper 4130757, version of 1 June 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4130757
  • S. Benjaafar, Z. Wang, X. Yang, Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers, Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687
  • O. Besbes, F. Castro, I. Lobel, Spatial Capacity Planning, Operations Research 70(2), 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2112
  • J. Cheah, J. M. Smith, Generalized M/G/C/C state dependent queueing models and pedestrian traffic flows, Queueing Systems 15, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01189240
6 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory 1: A Source Is Uniform If and Only If It Is Equally Preferred to Itself and Equally Insensitive to Itself with a Regular RegionResearch Paper

Motivation

Decision theory under uncertainty distinguishes risk, where probabilities are known, from ambiguity, where they are not. Ellsberg's (1961) urn experiments showed that people's choices between bets on the same kind of event depend on where the uncertainty comes from: a bet on a known urn is preferred to the matching bet on an unknown urn. Tversky and Fox (1995) found that basketball fans prefer bets on basketball games to bets with matched objective chances. Models of ambiguity therefore have to let attitudes depend on the source of uncertainty.

Baillon, Bleichrodt, Li and Wakker (Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory, Management Science 71(10), 2025) take sources to be algebras of events and propose source theory: within each source the agent behaves as if events carry probabilities, transformed by a source-dependent weighting function, while different sources may be weighted differently. The behavior within one source is probabilistic sophistication in the sense of Machina and Schmeidler (1992), restricted to that source. This mission formalizes the paper's first main result, Theorem 1: a characterization of when a single source admits such a probability, entirely in terms of two ambiguity attitudes that are measured in experiments.

Setting

A state space SSS carries an algebra E\mathcal EE of events, and Γ\GammaΓ is a set of outcomes. An act is a finite-valued map x:S→Γx : S \to \Gammax:S→Γ whose level sets are events; it is from an algebra A\mathcal AA if its level sets lie in A\mathcal AA. The binary act γEβ\gamma E \betaγEβ pays γ\gammaγ on EEE and β\betaβ on EcE^cEc. The agent has a preference ≽\succcurlyeq≽ on acts.

Structural Assumption 1 (p. 8771) requires that ≽\succcurlyeq≽ is a weak order represented on binary acts by biseparable utility: there are a utility U:Γ→RU : \Gamma \to \mathbb RU:Γ→R and a weighting function WWW on events (W(∅)=0W(\emptyset)=0W(∅)=0, W(S)=1W(S)=1W(S)=1, monotone) such that for γ≽β\gamma \succcurlyeq \betaγ≽β the act γEβ\gamma E\betaγEβ is valued W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β)W(E)U(\gamma)+(1-W(E))U(\beta)W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β). It further requires three nonindifferent outcomes, convex rangedness of WWW (between two nested events every intermediate weight is attained by a nested event), strong monotonicity, cumulative dominance and the Archimedean axiom. Events are ranked by WWW: A≽BA \succcurlyeq BA≽B means W(A)≥W(B)W(A) \ge W(B)W(A)≥W(B).

A source S\mathcal SS is a subalgebra of E\mathcal EE on which WWW is convex ranged. It is uniform (source theory holds for it, Definition 1) if there is a finitely additive probability measure PPP on S\mathcal SS such that for all acts x,yx, yx,y from S\mathcal SS

[∀α∈Γ: P(x≽α)≥P(y≽α)] ⟹ x≽y.(2)\bigl[\forall \alpha\in\Gamma:\ P(x\succcurlyeq\alpha)\ge P(y\succcurlyeq\alpha)\bigr]\ \Longrightarrow\ x\succcurlyeq y. \tag{2}[∀α∈Γ: P(x≽α)≥P(y≽α)] ⟹ x≽y.(2)

Two attitudes compare sources A\mathcal AA and C\mathcal CC. C\mathcal CC is preferred to A\mathcal AA (Definition 2) if for all A1∈AA_1\in\mathcal AA1​∈A, C1∈CC_1\in\mathcal CC1​∈C,

W(A1)=W(C1) ⟹ W(A1c)≤W(C1c).(6)W(A_1)=W(C_1)\ \Longrightarrow\ W(A_1^c)\le W(C_1^c). \tag{6}W(A1​)=W(C1​) ⟹ W(A1c​)≤W(C1c​).(6)

A\mathcal AA is more insensitive than C\mathcal CC with insensitivity region [B,D][B,D][B,D] (Definition 4) if for all ordered threefold partitions (C1,C2,C3)(C_1,C_2,C_3)(C1​,C2​,C3​) of SSS from C\mathcal CC and (A1,A2,A3)(A_1,A_2,A_3)(A1​,A2​,A3​) from A\mathcal AA,

W(A1)=W(C1) & W(A3c)=W(C3c)≤W(D) ⇒ W(A2)≥W(C2),(8)W(A_1)=W(C_1)\ \&\ W(A_3^c)=W(C_3^c)\le W(D)\ \Rightarrow\ W(A_2)\ge W(C_2), \tag{8}W(A1​)=W(C1​) & W(A3c​)=W(C3c​)≤W(D) ⇒ W(A2​)≥W(C2​),(8) W(B)≤W(A1)=W(C1) & W(A3c)=W(C3c) ⇒ W(A2c)≤W(C2c).(9)W(B)\le W(A_1)=W(C_1)\ \&\ W(A_3^c)=W(C_3^c)\ \Rightarrow\ W(A_2^c)\le W(C_2^c). \tag{9}W(B)≤W(A1​)=W(C1​) & W(A3c​)=W(C3c​) ⇒ W(A2c​)≤W(C2c​).(9)

The region is regular for S\mathcal SS if every fourfold partition (E1,…,E4)(E_1,\dots,E_4)(E1​,…,E4​) of SSS from S\mathcal SS has a cell with Ej≽BE_j \succcurlyeq BEj​≽B and Ejc≼DE_j^c \preccurlyeq DEjc​≼D.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 8774)

For a source S\mathcal SS under Assumption 1,

S is uniform  ⟺  S is preferred to itself, and ∃ B,D∈E: [B,D] regular for S, S more insensitive than itself w.r.t. [B,D].\mathcal S \text{ is uniform}\iff \mathcal S \text{ is preferred to itself, and } \exists\, B,D\in\mathcal E:\ [B,D] \text{ regular for } \mathcal S,\ \mathcal S \text{ more insensitive than itself w.r.t. } [B,D].S is uniform⟺S is preferred to itself, and ∃B,D∈E: [B,D] regular for S, S more insensitive than itself w.r.t. [B,D].

Milestones (in proof order)

  1. Necessity (App. B, p. 8779): a uniform source is preferred to itself and more insensitive than itself with the maximal region [∅,S][\emptyset, S][∅,S].
  2. Lemma A.1 (p. 8779): (6) is equivalent to its weak-premise form (7), W(A1)≥W(C1)⇒W(A1c)≤W(C1c)W(A_1)\ge W(C_1)\Rightarrow W(A_1^c)\le W(C_1^c)W(A1​)≥W(C1​)⇒W(A1c​)≤W(C1c​).
  3. Lemma A.2 (p. 8779): (8) and (9) are equivalent to their weak-premise forms (A.1) and (A.2).
  4. (B.1) (p. 8780): in a source preferred to itself, A≽C  ⟺  Ac≼CcA\succcurlyeq C \iff A^c\preccurlyeq C^cA≽C⟺Ac≼Cc.
  5. Lemma B.1 (p. 8780): under statement (ii), for E∩H=F∩H=∅E\cap H=F\cap H=\emptysetE∩H=F∩H=∅ in S\mathcal SS, E≽F  ⟺  E∪H≽F∪HE\succcurlyeq F\iff E\cup H\succcurlyeq F\cup HE≽F⟺E∪H≽F∪H.
  6. The representing probability (p. 8780): under statement (ii), a unique probability measure on S\mathcal SS represents event preference on S\mathcal SS.
  7. The aside (p. 8780): a representing probability PPP gives W=w∘PW = w\circ PW=w∘P on S\mathcal SS for a continuous, strictly increasing www with w(0)=0w(0)=0w(0)=0, w(1)=1w(1)=1w(1)=1.
  8. Uniqueness (p. 8774): the probability measure of a uniform source is uniquely determined.

Significance

Theorem 1 gives source theory a behavioral foundation: whether a source admits an a-neutral probability measure can be read off from comparisons of bets on its own events, without assuming expected utility for risk. Uniformity is what makes the paper's quantitative tools available. Once a source is uniform, its weighting function factors as W=wS∘PSW = w_{\mathcal S}\circ P_{\mathcal S}W=wS​∘PS​, and Theorems 2–4 of the paper compare sources through the pmatcher between their source functions; Theorem 4 uses Theorem 1 as a step. The uniqueness of PSP_{\mathcal S}PS​ (milestone 8) is what makes the source function well defined.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is formalized anywhere to our knowledge. The proof relies on a classical representation theorem for qualitative probability (Krantz, Luce, Suppes and Tversky, 1971, Theorem 5.2.2), which is not in Mathlib either. A complete development would give Lean a first framework of Savage-style acts, biseparable utility and comparative probability, which other decision-theory missions could reuse.

Difficulty

The necessity half rests on the probability PPP of a uniform source representing event preference strictly, which needs strong monotonicity and the range of PPP on a convex-ranged source. The sufficiency half is the hard one. From the two attitude conditions alone one has to derive de Finetti's additivity (Lemma B.1). Its proof is a case analysis that uses regularity of the region to guarantee that one of the cells is a genuine middle event. One then needs a representation theorem for qualitative probabilities on an algebra, with uniqueness, in the finitely additive setting. Dropping regularity is not an option: without it the region B=SB=SB=S, D=∅D=\emptysetD=∅ makes insensitivity nearly empty, and source preference alone does not imply uniformity (the paper's Example 1). The obvious route through countably additive measure theory is not available either, because the probabilities are only finitely additive.

Formalization scope

All statements share one module, SourceTheory.Uniform.Model. It holds acts (IsActFrom), binary acts (bet), null events, convex rangedness, Assumption1 (a structure with one field per clause of Assumption 1), sources (IsSource), finitely additive probabilities (IsProbOn), uniformity (IsUniformWith, IsUniform), IsPreferredTo (Definition 2), IsMoreInsensitive (Definition 4) and IsRegularRegion. Its text is shared verbatim by the four missions on this paper. The conventions are:

  • Events are the members of an algebra E\mathcal EE (endnote 1 licenses any algebra; the power set is a special case). Every quantified event lies in E\mathcal EE or in the source, so the values of WWW off E\mathcal EE never matter.
  • Event preference is WWW-order, as Assumption 1 prescribes. The preference forms (15)–(17), (A.3)–(A.5) therefore coincide with the WWW-forms.
  • Assumption 1's "W is convex ranged for every source" is split. Convex rangedness on all events is part of Assumption1, and each source carries its own via IsSource. Reading it over every subalgebra would make Assumption 1 unsatisfiable, because {∅,S}\{\emptyset,S\}{∅,S} has no event of weight 1/21/21/2.
  • Twofold partitions are (A1,A1c)(A_1,A_1^c)(A1​,A1c​). Threefold and fourfold partitions are ordered and may have empty cells.
  • Probability measures on a source are finitely additive, real valued and nonnegative, with total mass 1.
  • In the goal, the boundary events B,DB, DB,D are arbitrary events, and "equally preferred/insensitive to itself" is one copy of each condition: for A=C=S\mathcal A=\mathcal C=\mathcal SA=C=S both directions coincide.

Statement (ii) carries an existential region, and it must be regular. A version without regularity, or with uniformity replaced by "W=w∘PW=w\circ PW=w∘P for some PPP", would be a different and weaker theorem.

Needed infrastructure: comparative-probability representation (Krantz et al. 1971, Theorem 5.2.2, or a direct construction via convex rangedness), finitely additive measures on set algebras, and the range of a finitely additive probability that represents a convex-ranged weighting. Proofs of the milestones, of the representation theorem as a reusable lemma, and sanity models of Assumption 1 (for instance an expected-utility agent on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) with Lebesgue measure) are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Baillon, H. Bleichrodt, C. Li, P. P. Wakker, Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory, Management Science 71(10):8767–8782, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03307
  • D. Ellsberg, Risk, Ambiguity, and the Savage Axioms, Quarterly Journal of Economics 75(4):643–669, 1961. https://doi.org/10.2307/1884324
  • I. Gilboa, Expected Utility with Purely Subjective Non-Additive Probabilities, Journal of Mathematical Economics 16(1):65–88, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(87)90022-X
  • D. H. Krantz, R. D. Luce, P. Suppes, A. Tversky, Foundations of Measurement, Vol. I, Academic Press, New York, 1971 (cited in the paper for Theorem 5.2.2).
  • M. J. Machina, D. Schmeidler, A More Robust Definition of Subjective Probability, Econometrica 60(4):745–780, 1992. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951565
  • A. Tversky, C. R. Fox, Weighing Risk and Uncertainty, Psychological Review 102(2):269–283, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.102.2.269
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design I: For I.I.D. Valuations a Second-Price Auction with Random Reserve Φ*ₙ Is Minimax-Regret Optimal over DSIC MechanismsResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimal auction theory in the tradition of Myerson (1981) assumes that the seller knows the distribution of the buyers' valuations. In practice that distribution is estimated, misspecified, or simply unknown. Prior-independent mechanism design asks for a mechanism that performs well across a whole class of distributions, without being tuned to any one of them. A natural yardstick is regret: the gap between the revenue the seller would extract if she knew the valuations, namely the highest valuation, and the revenue her mechanism actually collects. The seller chooses a mechanism to minimize the worst case of this gap over all distributions Nature may pick.

For a single buyer, Bergemann and Schlag (2008) showed that the minimax regret over valuations supported on [0,1][0,1][0,1] is 1/e1/e1/e, attained by a posted price drawn at random with CDF log⁡v+1\log v + 1logv+1 on [1/e,1][1/e, 1][1/e,1]. Whether a comparably explicit answer exists for nnn buyers, and whether the familiar second-price auction remains optimal among all dominant-strategy mechanisms, was open. Anunrojwong, Balseiro and Besbes (arXiv:2204.10478v5, Operations Research 2025) answer both questions for i.i.d. valuations. This mission formalizes that answer: their Theorem 1.

Setting

A seller has one indivisible item and n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 buyers with valuations v=(v1,…,vn)∈[0,1]nv = (v_1, \dots, v_n) \in [0,1]^nv=(v1​,…,vn​)∈[0,1]n. A mechanism m=(x,p)m = (x, p)m=(x,p) assigns to every valuation profile allocation probabilities xi(v)∈[0,1]x_i(v) \in [0,1]xi​(v)∈[0,1] and expected payments pi(v)p_i(v)pi​(v). It is dominant-strategy incentive compatible (DSIC), written m∈Mm \in \mathcal Mm∈M, if for all iii, all vvv and every misreport v^i\hat v_iv^i​:

vixi(v)−pi(v)≥0    (IR),vixi(v)−pi(v)≥vixi(v^i,v−i)−pi(v^i,v−i)    (IC),∑ixi(v)≤1    (AC).v_i x_i(v) - p_i(v) \ge 0 \;\;\text{(IR)}, \qquad v_i x_i(v) - p_i(v) \ge v_i x_i(\hat v_i, v_{-i}) - p_i(\hat v_i, v_{-i}) \;\;\text{(IC)}, \qquad \textstyle\sum_i x_i(v) \le 1 \;\;\text{(AC)}.vi​xi​(v)−pi​(v)≥0(IR),vi​xi​(v)−pi​(v)≥vi​xi​(v^i​,v−i​)−pi​(v^i​,v−i​)(IC),∑i​xi​(v)≤1(AC).

For a joint distribution FFF of vvv, the regret is

Regret(m,F)=Ev∼F[max⁡(v)−∑i=1npi(v)],\mathrm{Regret}(m, F) = \mathbb E_{v \sim F}\Big[\max(v) - \sum_{i=1}^n p_i(v)\Big],Regret(m,F)=Ev∼F​[max(v)−i=1∑n​pi​(v)],

and the minimax regret over a class F\mathcal FF of distributions is Rn∗(F)=inf⁡m∈Msup⁡F∈FRegret(m,F)\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F) = \inf_{m \in \mathcal M} \sup_{F \in \mathcal F} \mathrm{Regret}(m, F)Rn∗​(F)=infm∈M​supF∈F​Regret(m,F). Here Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​ is the class of product laws G⊗nG^{\otimes n}G⊗n whose marginal GGG is supported on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

A second-price auction with random reserve SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ) draws a reserve price qqq from a distribution Φ\PhiΦ. The highest bidder wins if her bid is at least qqq and pays max⁡(v(2),q)\max(v^{(2)}, q)max(v(2),q), where v(1)≥v(2)v^{(1)} \ge v^{(2)}v(1)≥v(2) are the two highest valuations. Otherwise nothing is sold.

Two explicit functions enter the answer. For r∈(0,1)r \in (0,1)r∈(0,1), let

rEqn(r)=(1−r)n−1+log⁡r+∑k=1n−1(1−r)kk,\mathrm{rEq}_n(r) = (1-r)^{n-1} + \log r + \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} \frac{(1-r)^k}{k},rEqn​(r)=(1−r)n−1+logr+k=1∑n−1​k(1−r)k​,

and, for r<v≤1r < v \le 1r<v≤1,

Φn∗(v)=(vv−r)n−1log⁡(vr)−∑k=1n−11k(vv−r)n−1−k,\Phi^*_n(v) = \Big(\frac{v}{v-r}\Big)^{n-1}\log\Big(\frac vr\Big) - \sum_{k=1}^{n-1} \frac1k \Big(\frac{v}{v-r}\Big)^{n-1-k},Φn∗​(v)=(v−rv​)n−1log(rv​)−k=1∑n−1​k1​(v−rv​)n−1−k,

with Φn∗=0\Phi^*_n = 0Φn∗​=0 below rrr and 111 above 111. The isorevenue marginal Fn∗(v)=1−r/vF^*_n(v) = 1 - r/vFn∗​(v)=1−r/v on [r,1)[r, 1)[r,1), Fn∗(1)=1F^*_n(1) = 1Fn∗​(1)=1, is the law under which every posted price in [r,1][r,1][r,1] earns the same revenue rrr.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Let rn∗r^*_nrn∗​ be the root of rEqn\mathrm{rEq}_nrEqn​ in (0,1/n)(0, 1/n)(0,1/n); it is the only root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). A reserve distribution on [rn∗,1][r^*_n, 1][rn∗​,1] with CDF Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​ exists. The auction SPA(Φn∗)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*_n)SPA(Φn∗​) is DSIC and minimax-regret optimal, and

Rn∗(Fiid)=(1−rn∗)n−1−∫rn∗1(1−rn∗v)n−1dv.\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}) = (1-r^*_n)^{n-1} - \int_{r^*_n}^1 \Big(1 - \frac{r^*_n}{v}\Big)^{n-1} dv.Rn∗​(Fiid​)=(1−rn∗​)n−1−∫rn∗​1​(1−vrn∗​​)n−1dv.

The Lean goal states the location and uniqueness of the root, the existence of the reserve law, the DSIC property, the upper bound for SPA(Φn∗)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*_n)SPA(Φn∗​) against every i.i.d. law, the matching lower bound for every DSIC mechanism, and the literal identity for Rn∗(Fiid)\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}})Rn∗​(Fiid​).

Milestones

  1. Lemma B-1 (p. App-4): an integration-by-parts identity for ∫h dG\int h\,dG∫hdG, split at r∗r^*r∗.
  2. Proposition 1 (p. 16): the regret of SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ), for Φ\PhiΦ with a density on [r∗,1][r^*, 1][r∗,1], in terms of the order-statistic CDFs; joint and i.i.d. forms.
  3. Proposition A-3 (p. App-2): the root rn∗r^*_nrn∗​; Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​ equals a power series, solves the ODE (Φ∗)′+(n−1)rn∗v(v−rn∗)Φ∗=1v(\Phi^*)' + \frac{(n-1)r^*_n}{v(v-r^*_n)}\Phi^* = \frac1v(Φ∗)′+v(v−rn∗​)(n−1)rn∗​​Φ∗=v1​, and satisfies Φn∗(rn∗)=0\Phi^*_n(r^*_n) = 0Φn∗​(rn∗​)=0 and Φn∗(1)=1\Phi^*_n(1) = 1Φn∗​(1)=1; the regret at the candidate saddle point equals the value.
  4. Step 1 of the proof of Theorem 1 (p. 17): against SPA(Φn∗)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*_n)SPA(Φn∗​), the i.i.d. isorevenue law is a worst case.
  5. Step 2 (p. 17): against the i.i.d. isorevenue law, SPA(Φn∗)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*_n)SPA(Φn∗​) has the least regret among all DSIC mechanisms.

A companion item states Corollary 1 (p. 14): for n=1n = 1n=1, r1∗=1/er^*_1 = 1/er1∗​=1/e, Φ1∗(v)=log⁡v+1\Phi^*_1(v) = \log v + 1Φ1∗​(v)=logv+1 on [1/e,1][1/e, 1][1/e,1], and the minimax regret is 1/e1/e1/e.

Significance

The theorem gives, for every number of buyers, a closed-form description of the minimax-regret optimal mechanism among all DSIC mechanisms, together with its value. The optimum is a familiar format, a second-price auction, but its reserve price must be randomized. The same saddle point is the starting point for the paper's results on affiliated and arbitrary joint valuations, which are separate missions of this series.

The result is proved on paper. To our knowledge none of it has been formalized. A complete development would supply machine-checked versions of several tools that recur in robust mechanism design: DSIC mechanisms with randomized allocations, the regret functional, order-statistic CDFs of product measures, Myerson-type revenue characterizations under distributions with atoms, and saddle-point arguments for inf–sup problems over mechanisms and distributions.

Difficulty

The upper bound (Step 1) is a pointwise optimization once the regret of SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ) is written through the CDFs of the order statistics. Writing it that way already requires integration by parts against arbitrary distributions on [0,1][0,1][0,1], which may have atoms.

The lower bound (Step 2) is the hard direction. One must show that no DSIC mechanism beats SPA(Φn∗)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*_n)SPA(Φn∗​) against the isorevenue law. The standard route through Myerson's virtual values does not apply directly: the isorevenue law is a mixture of a density and a point mass at 111, so the revenue of a general DSIC mechanism has to be characterized from first principles. That characterization starts from the payment identity for dominant-strategy mechanisms. The closed forms also involve a transcendental root rn∗r^*_nrn∗​ and a logarithmic ODE solution, so the monotonicity and boundary facts about Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​ (it is a CDF, Φn∗(1)=1\Phi^*_n(1) = 1Φn∗​(1)=1) need real analysis rather than numerics.

Formalization scope

Buyers are indexed by Fin n, valuations are functions Fin n → ℝ, and distributions are measures on that space. (IR), (IC) and (AC) are imposed for valuations in [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, which is all the seller considers. Two conditions are added to DSIC so that the expectation in the regret is meaningful: the allocation and payment rules are measurable, and payments are bounded on the cube. The second-price auction breaks ties in favour of the lowest index; the revenue does not depend on the rule. A reserve law or an isorevenue law is described by a hypothesis on its CDF. Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​ is defined piecewise, so its closed form is never evaluated at the singular point v=rn∗v = r^*_nv=rn∗​, and "Φn∗(rn∗)=0\Phi^*_n(r^*_n) = 0Φn∗​(rn∗​)=0" is stated as a one-sided limit. The minimax regret is a real infimum over the nonempty class of DSIC mechanisms of real suprema of bounded families. Uniqueness of rn∗r^*_nrn∗​ is stated on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), which is what the paper's proof establishes.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out explicitly. The regret is not a Bochner integral of a possibly non-integrable payment, which Lean would set to 000. The mechanism class is not restricted to second-price auctions. The value is the explicit integral, not a sSup. The root's location in (0,1/n)(0, 1/n)(0,1/n) is part of the claim.

Contributions are welcome at every level. These include the DSIC property of SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ), order-statistic CDFs of product measures, Lemma B-1 and Proposition 1, the analytic facts about rEqn\mathrm{rEq}_nrEqn​ and Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​, the payment identity for DSIC mechanisms with randomized allocations, and the revenue bound of Step 2. The analytic and mechanism-design infrastructure is reusable beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • J. Anunrojwong, S. R. Balseiro, O. Besbes, On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design, arXiv:2204.10478v5, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.10478
  • D. Bergemann, K. Schlag, Pricing without Priors, Journal of the European Economic Association 6(2–3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1162/JEEA.2008.6.2-3.560
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
7 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability of a Queue Fed by Scheduled Traffic at Critical Loading 2: With Finite-Variance Service Times, t^(-1/2) W(t) Converges in Distribution to σ Times Reflected Brownian Motion at Time 1Research Paper

Motivation

Appointment systems, airport runways, outpatient clinics and container terminals do not receive customers at random: each customer is scheduled at a fixed slot and arrives near it, early or late by a random amount. Queues fed by such scheduled traffic have been studied since Winsten (1959) and Mercer (1960). Kingman (1962) showed that, below critical load and for perturbations that are positive with finite mean, the heavy-traffic limit of the equilibrium waiting time of an S/G/1 queue ("S" for scheduled) is the same as for the D/G/1 queue with perfectly punctual arrivals. Araman and Glynn (2012) proved a functional central limit theorem for scheduled traffic when the perturbations have infinite mean, where fractional Brownian motion appears, and Araman, Chen, Glynn and Xia (2022) established properties of scheduled traffic, among them the decomposition and exponential moments used below, and showed that with Pareto-like perturbations the critically loaded S/D/1 workload grows without bound.

Araman and Glynn (arXiv:2212.04164, published as a technical note in Operations Research, 2025) settle the critically loaded case. This mission formalizes their diffusion limit (Corollary 1): when the mean service time equals the slot length, the workload grows like t\sqrt tt​ with an explicit reflected-Brownian limit, exactly as if arrivals were punctual. A companion mission formalizes their Theorem 1, the stability criterion for deterministic service times.

Setting

Fix h>0h>0h>0. Customer j∈Zj\in\mathbb Zj∈Z is scheduled at time jhjhjh and arrives at

Aj=jh+hU+ξj,A_j = jh + hU + \xi_j ,Aj​=jh+hU+ξj​,

where the perturbations ξj\xi_jξj​ are i.i.d. real random variables with E∣ξ0∣<∞\mathbb E|\xi_0|<\inftyE∣ξ0​∣<∞, and the uniform shift UUU is uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1] and independent of ξ=(ξj)j∈Z\xi=(\xi_j)_{j\in\mathbb Z}ξ=(ξj​)j∈Z​; the shift makes the arrival point process time-stationary. The counting function is N(t)=#{j:Aj∈(0,t]}N(t)=\#\{j: A_j\in(0,t]\}N(t)=#{j:Aj​∈(0,t]} for t≥0t\ge0t≥0, so N(0)=0N(0)=0N(0)=0.

Customers arriving after time 000 are numbered 1,2,…1,2,\dots1,2,… in order of arrival and bring service times V1,V2,…V_1,V_2,\dotsV1​,V2​,…, i.i.d., with Var⁡V1<∞\operatorname{Var}V_1<\inftyVarV1​<∞, independent of (U,ξ)(U,\xi)(U,ξ). A single server works at unit rate and is empty at time 000, so the workload is

W(t)=sup⁡0≤s≤t(∑i=N(s)+1N(t)Vi−(t−s)).W(t)=\sup_{0\le s\le t}\Big(\sum_{i=N(s)+1}^{N(t)}V_i-(t-s)\Big).W(t)=0≤s≤tsup​(i=N(s)+1∑N(t)​Vi​−(t−s)).

The queue is critically loaded when EV1=h\mathbb EV_1=hEV1​=h. The proof works with the counts of early and late customers, E(t)=#{i:ih+Uh>t, ih+Uh+ξi≤t}\mathcal E(t)=\#\{i: ih+Uh>t,\ ih+Uh+\xi_i\le t\}E(t)=#{i:ih+Uh>t, ih+Uh+ξi​≤t} and L(t)=#{i:ih+Uh<t, ih+Uh+ξi≥t}\mathcal L(t)=\#\{i: ih+Uh<t,\ ih+Uh+\xi_i\ge t\}L(t)=#{i:ih+Uh<t, ih+Uh+ξi​≥t}. Finally, reflected Brownian motion with mean 000, unit volatility and X(0)=0X(0)=0X(0)=0 is X(t)=B(t)−inf⁡0≤u≤tB(u)X(t)=B(t)-\inf_{0\le u\le t}B(u)X(t)=B(t)−inf0≤u≤t​B(u) for a standard Brownian motion BBB.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 1

If E∣ξ0∣<∞\mathbb E|\xi_0|<\inftyE∣ξ0​∣<∞, Var⁡V1<∞\operatorname{Var}V_1<\inftyVarV1​<∞ and h=EV1h=\mathbb EV_1h=EV1​, then

t−1/2 W(t)  ⇒  σX(1)(t→∞),σ2=Var⁡V1h.t^{-1/2}\,W(t)\;\Rightarrow\;\sigma X(1)\qquad(t\to\infty),\qquad \sigma^2=\frac{\operatorname{Var}V_1}{h}.t−1/2W(t)⇒σX(1)(t→∞),σ2=hVarV1​​.

The case Var⁡V1=0\operatorname{Var}V_1=0VarV1​=0 is included; the limit is then 000.

Intermediate targets (milestones)

  1. Exponential moments EeθE(0)≤exp⁡((eθ−1)(Eξ0−/h+1))\mathbb E e^{\theta\mathcal E(0)}\le\exp\big((e^\theta-1)(\mathbb E\xi_0^-/h+1)\big)EeθE(0)≤exp((eθ−1)(Eξ0−​/h+1)) and EeθL(0)≤exp⁡((eθ−1)(Eξ0+/h+1))\mathbb E e^{\theta\mathcal L(0)}\le\exp\big((e^\theta-1)(\mathbb E\xi_0^+/h+1)\big)EeθL(0)≤exp((eθ−1)(Eξ0+​/h+1)) for θ>0\theta>0θ>0 (pp. 3–4).
  2. Stationarity of E\mathcal EE and L\mathcal LL (p. 3); the decomposition N(t)=#{ih+Uh∈(0,t]}+(E(t)−L(t))−(E(0)−L(0))N(t)=\#\{ih+Uh\in(0,t]\}+(\mathcal E(t)-\mathcal L(t))-(\mathcal E(0)-\mathcal L(0))N(t)=#{ih+Uh∈(0,t]}+(E(t)−L(t))−(E(0)−L(0)) (p. 4); identically distributed slot increments of NNN with all exponential moments (p. 4).
  3. The maximal bounds 1log⁡nmax⁡kE(kh)\frac1{\log n}\max_k\mathcal E(kh)logn1​maxk​E(kh), 1log⁡nmax⁡kL(kh)\frac1{\log n}\max_k\mathcal L(kh)logn1​maxk​L(kh), 1log⁡nmax⁡k(N((k+1)h)−N(kh))→0\frac1{\log n}\max_k(N((k+1)h)-N(kh))\to0logn1​maxk​(N((k+1)h)−N(kh))→0 in probability (p. 4).
  4. Proposition 1 (p. 3): 1log⁡nmax⁡0≤s≤1∣hN(ns)−ns∣⇒0\dfrac{1}{\log n}\max_{0\le s\le1}|hN(ns)-ns|\Rightarrow0logn1​max0≤s≤1​∣hN(ns)−ns∣⇒0.
  5. The reversed-time representation W(t)=Dmax⁡0≤s≤t(∑i=1N^(s)Vi−s)W(t)\overset{D}{=}\max_{0\le s\le t}\big(\sum_{i=1}^{\hat N(s)}V_i-s\big)W(t)=Dmax0≤s≤t​(∑i=1N^(s)​Vi​−s), with N^\hat NN^ the count of the time-reversed input (p. 4, implicit in the proof).
  6. N(ts)/t→s/hN(ts)/t\to s/hN(ts)/t→s/h almost surely (p. 5); the op(1)o_p(1)op​(1) reduction to t−1/2max⁡0≤s≤1∑i=1N(st)(Vi−h)t^{-1/2}\max_{0\le s\le1}\sum_{i=1}^{N(st)}(V_i-h)t−1/2max0≤s≤1​∑i=1N(st)​(Vi​−h) (p. 5); and its limit σX(1)\sigma X(1)σX(1) (p. 5).

Significance

The result. At critical loading a queue fed by a renewal process with non-degenerate interarrival or service times is null-recurrent at best, and its workload grows like t\sqrt tt​. Corollary 1 shows that scheduled traffic behaves the same way as soon as service times vary, however heavy the (finite-mean) tail of the perturbations: the arrival process contributes nothing on the diffusion scale, and the limit σX(1)\sigma X(1)σX(1) depends only on Var⁡V1\operatorname{Var}V_1VarV1​ and hhh. In particular, W(t)⇒∞W(t)\Rightarrow\inftyW(t)⇒∞ whenever Var⁡V1>0\operatorname{Var}V_1>0VarV1​>0, which is why the paper's stability question (Theorem 1, the companion mission) is posed for deterministic service. Proposition 1, that scheduled traffic deviates from its fluid path by only o(log⁡n)o(\log n)o(logn) over [0,n][0,n][0,n], is of independent use for any functional of scheduled arrivals.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper in a short note that cites two ingredients (the decomposition of NNN and the exponential moments of N(h)N(h)N(h)) from Araman et al. (2022) and leaves the time reversal implicit. A formalization makes those steps explicit and checks the constant: the proof's final display prints σhX(1)\frac{\sigma}{\sqrt h}X(1)h​σ​X(1), which matches (1.1) only when its σ2\sigma^2σ2 is Var⁡V1\operatorname{Var}V_1VarV1​. No part of the argument has been machine-checked so far.

Difficulty

The arrival-process part (Proposition 1) is elementary in each step but long: independent-indicator moment generating functions, stationarity of a perturbed lattice under shifts, and a union bound over nnn slots. The obstacle is the last step. The obvious route, "apply Donsker's theorem", does not apply directly: the random walk ∑i≤m(Vi−h)\sum_{i\le m}(V_i-h)∑i≤m​(Vi​−h) is evaluated at the random times N(st)N(st)N(st), which are not independent stopping times of the walk but come from an independent process, and the target is the law of a Brownian maximum, identified with X(1)X(1)X(1) through Lévy's reflection identity. Mathlib has the central limit theorem and Brownian motion but no invariance principle and no reflection principle. A second trap is the time reversal: the proof's starting expression uses the counting function of the reversed process (perturbations −ξj-\xi_j−ξj​), and replacing it by the forward count gives a statement that is false in law for asymmetric perturbations.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions: the perturbations are a sequence ξ : ℤ → Ω → ℝ; the standing assumptions are bundled in ScheduledInput (measurable, iIndepFun, identically distributed, Integrable (ξ 0), U with the uniform law on [0,1][0,1][0,1], U independent of the whole sequence) and ServiceInput (i.i.d. V : ℕ → Ω → ℝ, MemLp (V 1) 2, V independent of the pair (U, ξ); V 0 is unused). N(t)N(t)N(t) is an ncard in ℕ; E\mathcal EE, L\mathcal LL and slot increments are encard in ℕ∞, and every statement that converts them to numbers carries an almost-sure finiteness conjunct. Suprema are real suprema over [0,t][0,t][0,t] or [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Convergence in distribution is TendstoInDistribution (which includes almost-everywhere measurability), convergence in probability is TendstoInMeasure. The Brownian motion is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal, indexed by ℝ≥0, on an arbitrary probability space, and X(1)X(1)X(1) is B 1 − ⨅ u ∈ [0,1], B u. σ=Var⁡V1/h\sigma=\sqrt{\operatorname{Var}V_1/h}σ=VarV1​/h​ is written out.

Corrections to the printed text, each recorded in the item notes: the workload index range is N(s)+1,…,N(t)N(s)+1,\dots,N(t)N(s)+1,…,N(t) (the page's N(s),…,N(t)N(s),\dots,N(t)N(s),…,N(t) gives W(0)≠0W(0)\ne0W(0)=0); NNN counts arrivals in (0,t](0,t](0,t] instead of the page's non-additive closed intervals; the constant is Var⁡V1/h\sqrt{\operatorname{Var}V_1/h}VarV1​/h​ for the proof's "σ/h\sigma/\sqrt hσ/h​"; the counting function in the reversed representation is that of the reversed input; "as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞" on p. 5 means t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞; and the misprinted intermediate lines of the bound on EeθE(0)\mathbb Ee^{\theta\mathcal E(0)}EeθE(0) are not used.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out as follows: counts that are infinite on a set of positive probability cannot make a bound easier, since finiteness is asserted; the limit is a probability law on R\mathbb RR, not on an extended line; the limit is reflected Brownian motion at time 111, not a substituted half-normal formula; and Var⁡V1=0\operatorname{Var}V_1=0VarV1​=0 is not excluded.

Needed infrastructure: a Donsker-type invariance principle (or at least the convergence of the maximum of a random walk, which is an open platform goal of its own), a random time-change lemma, Lévy's identity sup⁡u≤1B(u)=DB(1)−inf⁡u≤1B(u)\sup_{u\le1}B(u)\overset{D}{=}B(1)-\inf_{u\le1}B(u)supu≤1​B(u)=DB(1)−infu≤1​B(u), and stationarity of perturbed lattices. These are reusable well beyond this paper. Contributions to any milestone, or to these supporting results, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. F. Araman and P. W. Glynn, Stability of a Queue Fed by Scheduled Traffic at Critical Loading, arXiv:2212.04164v1, 2022; Operations Research (technical note), 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2212.04164
  • V. F. Araman and P. W. Glynn, Fractional Brownian motion with H < 1/2 as a limit of scheduled traffic, Journal of Applied Probability 49(3), 1169–1188, 2012.
  • V. F. Araman, H. Chen, P. W. Glynn and L. Xia, On a single server queue fed by scheduled traffic with Pareto perturbations, Queueing Systems 100, 61–91, 2022 (cited in the paper as Araman et al. (2022) for Proposition 2 and the exponential moments of N(h)N(h)N(h)).
  • J. F. C. Kingman, On queues in heavy traffic, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 24(2), 383–392, 1962. http://www.jstor.org/stable/2984229
  • R. M. Loynes, The stability of a queue with non-independent inter-arrival and service times, Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 58(3), 497–520, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036781
14 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains I: For a Single Firm the GDPR Raises Profit and Social Welfare, and Raises Consumer Surplus Exactly When v < 2M√(1−δ)/(Z√F)Research Paper

Motivation

The European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR, in force since 2018) shifted control over personal data from firms to consumers: data may be collected and processed only with the consumer's consent, and consent may be given for some uses and withheld for others. Online retailers use consumer data in two opposite ways. Saved shopping carts, stored addresses and location sharing make shopping more convenient for the consumer; the same data can also be monetized against the consumer, through targeted advertising, data sales or other exploitation. Whether giving consumers control over these uses helps them, and what it costs firms and society, is a question for regulators and for operations managers of e-commerce platforms alike.

F. Xu, X. Wang and F. Zhang, Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains (Management Science, forthcoming), build a stylized model in which both uses of data appear and the consumers' disclosure decisions are taken under rational expectations. This mission formalizes the paper's single-firm result: when one vertically integrated e-commerce firm sells directly to consumers, the GDPR always raises the firm's profit and social welfare, but it raises consumer surplus only when the product's valuation is below an explicit threshold. A companion mission treats the supplier–retailer chain of the same paper, where the GDPR can hurt all three parties.

Setting

A unit mass of consumers values one product at v>0v>0v>0. A consumer's inconvenience cost θ\thetaθ is uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The data quality is δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1), and monetizing data at intensity r≥0r\ge0r≥0 costs the firm cr2cr^2cr2 with c>0c>0c>0. Write

Z=2c+δ,M=4c2(1−δ)+cδ(4−3δ)+δ2,F=4c2(1−δ)+4cδ(1−δ)+δ2.\mathcal Z = 2c+\delta,\qquad \mathcal M = 4c^2(1-\delta)+c\delta(4-3\delta)+\delta^2,\qquad \mathcal F = 4c^2(1-\delta)+4c\delta(1-\delta)+\delta^2 .Z=2c+δ,M=4c2(1−δ)+cδ(4−3δ)+δ2,F=4c2(1−δ)+4cδ(1−δ)+δ2.

The firm first decides whether to collect data (ℓ∈{0,1}\ell\in\{0,1\}ℓ∈{0,1}), then sets a price p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R. Production is free. A buyer who hides her data gets v−p−θv-p-\thetav−p−θ. A buyer who discloses gets v−p−(1−δ)θ−rδv-p-(1-\delta)\theta-r\deltav−p−(1−δ)θ−rδ: the data scale her inconvenience down by the factor 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, and the firm extracts rδr\deltarδ from her. Without collection only hiding is available. A consumer buys iff her best buying utility is nonnegative.

Two data policies are compared.

  • In the R\mathbb RR mode (retailer-controlled, before the GDPR), the firm chooses rrr after the data are collected, to maximize rδs−cr2r\delta s-cr^2rδs−cr2 given the mass sss of disclosing consumers. Consumers anticipate sss; a rational expectations equilibrium (REE) is a pair (s,r)(s,r)(s,r) in which rrr is the firm's best response to sss and sss is the mass of consumers who disclose given rrr.
  • In the C\mathbb CC mode (consumer-controlled, the GDPR), consumers allow the convenience use and block exploitation, so r=0r=0r=0 and every buyer discloses.

The firm's profit is p⋅(demand)+rδs−cr2p\cdot(\text{demand})+r\delta s-cr^2p⋅(demand)+rδs−cr2. Consumer surplus is the integral over θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] of each consumer's realized utility (zero for non-buyers), and social welfare is profit plus consumer surplus. A subgame-perfect equilibrium (SPE) is a profile with an REE response after every (ℓ,p)(\ell,p)(ℓ,p), an optimal price over R\mathbb RR after each ℓ\ellℓ, and an optimal ℓ\ellℓ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 17)

Let τ=2M1−δZF\tau = \dfrac{2\mathcal M\sqrt{1-\delta}}{\mathcal Z\sqrt{\mathcal F}}τ=ZF​2M1−δ​​. SPEs exist under both policies, and for every SPE of the R\mathbb RR mode and every SPE of the C\mathbb CC mode,

v<τ ⇒ CSR<CSC,v>τ ⇒ CSC<CSR,πR<πC,WR<WC.v<\tau\ \Rightarrow\ CS_{\mathbb R}<CS_{\mathbb C},\qquad v>\tau\ \Rightarrow\ CS_{\mathbb C}<CS_{\mathbb R},\qquad \pi_{\mathbb R}<\pi_{\mathbb C},\qquad W_{\mathbb R}<W_{\mathbb C}.v<τ ⇒ CSR​<CSC​,v>τ ⇒ CSC​<CSR​,πR​<πC​,WR​<WC​.

Milestones

  1. The optimal monetization intensity r(s)=δs/(2c)r(s)=\delta s/(2c)r(s)=δs/(2c) (§4.1, p. 11).
  2. The REE at each price, display (2) (p. 13), with the saturated branch: s=2c(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ)s=2c(v-p)/(2c(1-\delta)+\delta)s=2c(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ), r=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ)r=\delta(v-p)/(2c(1-\delta)+\delta)r=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ) when (v−p)Z≤2c(1−δ)+δ(v-p)\mathcal Z\le 2c(1-\delta)+\delta(v−p)Z≤2c(1−δ)+δ, and s=2c/Zs=2c/\mathcal Zs=2c/Z, r=δ/Zr=\delta/\mathcal Zr=δ/Z otherwise.
  3. Lemma 1 (p. 13): the hide-and-buy, disclose-and-buy and no-purchase intervals.
  4. Proposition 1 (p. 14): the R\mathbb RR-mode equilibrium; the firm collects, and (r∗,p∗,T1(p∗))(r^*,p^*,\mathcal T_1(p^*))(r∗,p∗,T1​(p∗)) switches form at v=2M/Z2v=2\mathcal M/\mathcal Z^2v=2M/Z2.
  5. Proposition 2 (p. 16): the C\mathbb CC-mode equilibrium; the firm collects, and (p~∗,T2(p~∗))(\tilde p^*,\mathcal T_2(\tilde p^*))(p~​∗,T2​(p~​∗)) switches form at v=2(1−δ)v=2(1-\delta)v=2(1−δ).
  6. The equilibrium consumer surplus in both modes (proof of Theorem 1, p. ec23).
  7. The equilibrium profit in both modes (proof of Theorem 1, p. ec23).

Significance

The theorem separates two effects of the GDPR on consumers. The direct privacy effect removes the exploitation loss rδr\deltarδ of every discloser. The indirect pricing effect works the other way: without the exploitation revenue the firm no longer discounts the price to attract disclosers, and once the market under the GDPR is fully covered the firm raises the price sharply. The threshold τ\tauτ says exactly where the second effect overtakes the first. The result that profit and welfare rise regardless of vvv shows that in a single-firm market the GDPR is never welfare-reducing; the supply-chain mission shows that this conclusion fails once a supplier sets a wholesale price, which is the paper's main policy message.

The paper's proofs (e-companion, Appendix C, pp. ec21–ec24) work with closed forms and leave several steps to "it can be verified". A formal proof checks the reduction from the game to those closed forms: existence and uniqueness of the REE at every price including the saturated range, global optimality of the prices over all of R\mathbb RR, and the collection decision against the full no-collection subgame. To our knowledge no part of this paper has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

The obvious argument plugs the printed formula r(p)=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ)r(p)=\delta(v-p)/(2c(1-\delta)+\delta)r(p)=δ(v−p)/(2c(1−δ)+δ) into the profit (3) and maximizes. That formula solves the REE condition only while the market is not saturated; on the saturated range the REE intensity is the constant δ/Z\delta/\mathcal Zδ/Z, and the profit is a different function of ppp. The firm's problem is therefore a maximization of a piecewise function with a kink at full coverage, and the price comparison has to cover prices above vvv (no sales) and the subgame without collection.

The consumer-surplus comparison involves two piecewise quadratics with different breakpoints, 2(1−δ)<2M/Z22(1-\delta)<2\mathcal M/\mathcal Z^22(1−δ)<2M/Z2, and their single crossing at τ\tauτ lies in the middle region where one mode is saturated and the other is not. Strictness of the profit and welfare comparisons needs the identity M−(1−δ)Z2=cδ2+δ3>0\mathcal M-(1-\delta)\mathcal Z^2=c\delta^2+\delta^3>0M−(1−δ)Z2=cδ2+δ3>0 and its relatives.

Formalization scope

All objects are real numbers; c>0c>0c>0, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 and v>0v>0v>0 are hypotheses of every statement. The paper does not state v>0v>0v>0; at v≤0v\le0v≤0 nothing is sold, every outcome is 000, and every strict claim fails, so v>0v>0v>0 is a disclosed standing assumption.

Sets of consumers are measured by Lebesgue measure on [0,1][0,1][0,1] ((volume S).toReal); consumer surplus is the interval integral ∫01max⁡{0,u(θ)} dθ\int_0^1\max\{0,u(\theta)\}\,d\theta∫01​max{0,u(θ)}dθ. Indifferent consumers buy and disclose (a null set). The REE uses an IsMaxOn condition over r≥0r\ge0r≥0 and the disclosing quantity defined from utilities; neither r(s)r(s)r(s) nor T1\mathcal T_1T1​ is hard-coded. The firm's profit is defined from the REE response, not from the paper's (3). A strategy profile specifies a price for both collection decisions and an REE response at every (ℓ,p)(\ell,p)(ℓ,p) with p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R; the comparisons in the goal are between on-path outcomes of such profiles.

The goal is not a comparison of printed closed forms: those are milestones 6–7. It asserts existence of an SPE in each mode, so "every equilibrium" is not vacuous; no price range is restricted and no off-path action is omitted.

Display (2) is stated in its corrected two-branch form for p≤vp\le vp≤v; Lemma 1 is stated for p≤vp\le vp≤v, with r(p)r(p)r(p) the REE intensity at ppp. The paper's Table 1 (p. 12) misprints the purchase condition of disclosers and is not used.

A complete development needs volumes of intervals, the REE fixed point, maximization of concave piecewise quadratics over R\mathbb RR, and square-root threshold algebra. No probability or limits are involved. The consumer-stage definitions are shared verbatim with the supply-chain mission and may later be merged. Proofs of any milestone, and of auxiliary lemmas such as 2(1−δ)≤2M/Z22(1-\delta)\le 2\mathcal M/\mathcal Z^22(1−δ)≤2M/Z2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Xu, X. Wang, F. Zhang, Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains, Management Science, forthcoming; author manuscript, version of November 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01819
  • European Union, Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize 1: The Optimal Endorsement Policy Is Authentic Until a Threshold Awareness, Then Permanently InauthenticResearch Paper

Motivation

Social media influencers earn money by endorsing products to their followers. An influencer who endorses only products that fit her organic content keeps her audience; one who accepts every sponsorship offer earns more per follower today but loses part of her audience and grows more slowly. Practitioners describe this as the choice between growing and monetizing, and the marketing literature documents both sides of it: followers unsubscribe after poorly fitting sponsored posts (Cheng and Zhang 2022), and small influencers have deeper engagement than large ones (Bentley et al., J. Global Marketing 34(3), 2021, cited in the paper).

Nistor, Selove and Villas-Boas (Management Science, Articles in Advance 2024) turn this trade-off into a deterministic continuous-time control problem. Awareness of the influencer spreads by word of mouth as in the Bass (1969) diffusion model, and the influencer's authenticity is the control. The paper's first main result, Proposition 1, characterizes the optimal policy completely: depending on two explicit conditions, the influencer is always authentic, always inauthentic, or authentic until her awareness reaches a threshold and inauthentic forever after. This mission formalizes Proposition 1 and the lemmas of §3.3 that lead to it.

Setting

Time is t∈[0,∞)t\in[0,\infty)t∈[0,∞) and the mass of potential followers is one. The influencer's awareness At∈[0,1]A_t\in[0,1]At​∈[0,1] is the fraction of potential followers who know her, starting from 0<A0<10<A_0<10<A0​<1. At each time she is authentic or inauthentic. Following Table 1 of the paper, with parameters 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1 and φ>1\varphi>1φ>1 (the reduced-form parameters of §3.1, which aggregate the offer arrival rate, the share of good-fit offers and the followers' tolerance of bad-fit posts):

  • an authentic influencer has Ft=AtF_t=A_tFt​=At​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=At\pi_t=A_tπt​=At​;
  • an inauthentic influencer has Ft=γAtF_t=\gamma A_tFt​=γAt​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=γφAt\pi_t=\gamma\varphi A_tπt​=γφAt​.

Awareness grows according to the equation of motion (1),

dAtdt=βFt(1−At),β>0,\frac{dA_t}{dt}=\beta F_t(1-A_t),\qquad\beta>0,dtdAt​​=βFt​(1−At​),β>0,

so it grows at rate βAt(1−At)\beta A_t(1-A_t)βAt​(1−At​) when she is authentic and γβAt(1−At)\gamma\beta A_t(1-A_t)γβAt​(1−At​) when she is inauthentic. With discount rate r>0r>0r>0 the influencer maximizes the discounted profit (2),

Vt=∫t∞e−r(u−t)πu du,V_t=\int_t^\infty e^{-r(u-t)}\pi_u\,du ,Vt​=∫t∞​e−r(u−t)πu​du,

and V(A)V(A)V(A) is the value of starting at awareness AAA and following the optimal policy.

Two closed-form objects enter the main result. The value of always being inauthentic from awareness AAA is (Lemma 3)

V‾(A)=∫0∞e−rsγφ1+1−AAe−γβs ds,\underline V(A)=\int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-rs}\gamma\varphi}{1+\frac{1-A}{A}e^{-\gamma\beta s}}\,ds ,V​(A)=∫0∞​1+A1−A​e−γβse−rsγφ​ds,

and its derivative is (3)

m(A)=dV‾(A)dA=∫0∞e−(γβ+r)sγφ[A+(1−A)e−γβs]2 ds.m(A)=\frac{d\underline V(A)}{dA}=\int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-(\gamma\beta+r)s}\gamma\varphi}{\big[A+(1-A)e^{-\gamma\beta s}\big]^2}\,ds .m(A)=dAdV​(A)​=∫0∞​[A+(1−A)e−γβs]2e−(γβ+r)sγφ​ds.

Condition 1 (with footnote 4) holds if γβ≥r\gamma\beta\ge rγβ≥r or [β−γβr−γβ]γφ>γφ−1\big[\frac{\beta-\gamma\beta}{r-\gamma\beta}\big]\gamma\varphi>\gamma\varphi-1[r−γββ−γβ​]γφ>γφ−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, r>0r>0r>0:

  1. if γφ≤1\gamma\varphi\le1γφ≤1, always being authentic is optimal from every A0∈(0,1)A_0\in(0,1)A0​∈(0,1);
  2. if γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 and Condition 1 fails, always being inauthentic is optimal from every A0∈(0,1)A_0\in(0,1)A0​∈(0,1);
  3. if γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 and Condition 1 holds, there is A∗∈(0,1)A^*\in(0,1)A∗∈(0,1) with
m(A∗)=γφ−1(1−γ)β(1−A∗),m(A^*)=\frac{\gamma\varphi-1}{(1-\gamma)\beta(1-A^*)},m(A∗)=(1−γ)β(1−A∗)γφ−1​,

and for all sufficiently small A0A_0A0​ the policy "authentic while At<A∗A_t<A^*At​<A∗, inauthentic once At≥A∗A_t\ge A^*At​≥A∗" is optimal.

Milestones

In the paper's order: Lemma 1 (corrected) bounds the growth of VVV above awareness 12\tfrac1221​; Lemma 2 (corrected) shows that permanent inauthenticity is optimal at large awareness; Lemma 3 gives V‾\underline VV​ in closed form; (3) identifies mmm as its derivative; (4) computes the limit of mmm at zero awareness,

lim⁡A→0+m(A)=γφr−γβ  (γβ<r),m(A)→+∞  (γβ≥r),\lim_{A\to0^+}m(A)=\frac{\gamma\varphi}{r-\gamma\beta}\ \ (\gamma\beta<r),\qquad m(A)\to+\infty\ \ (\gamma\beta\ge r),A→0+lim​m(A)=r−γβγφ​  (γβ<r),m(A)→+∞  (γβ≥r),

which is where Condition 1 comes from.

Significance

Proposition 1 is the benchmark of the paper: each of the six model extensions of §4 (celebrities, follower turnover, partial authenticity, viral content, two segments, commitment) is read against it. Its third clause explains an observed pattern in influencer marketing, that small influencers post fitting content and large ones accept most sponsorships, as an optimal policy rather than a change in preferences, and Condition 1 makes explicit when growth potential outweighs current profits; the paper notes it always holds when β>r\beta>rβ>r. The numerical example of §3.5 (Table 2) places the switch at about 73% awareness.

The proofs are in an online appendix and have not been machine-checked. Formalizing them requires an optimality argument against every measurable switching pattern, not only threshold policies. The mission also records two corrections: Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 are false as printed when γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 (explicit counterexamples are in the milestone statements), and they are stated here with the constant γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r that the paper's own argument gives.

Difficulty

The natural argument compares, at each instant, the extra profit from inauthenticity, (γφ−1)At(\gamma\varphi-1)A_t(γφ−1)At​, with the value of the extra growth from authenticity, (1−γ)βAt(1−At)V′(At)(1-\gamma)\beta A_t(1-A_t)V'(A_t)(1−γ)βAt​(1−At​)V′(At​). This requires knowing the value function VVV, its differentiability, and the Bellman equation it satisfies, none of which is given; replacing VVV by V‾\underline VV​ is only justified along the part of the trajectory after the switch. The comparison must also hold against every measurable switching pattern, under which awareness solves (1) only almost everywhere. Clause 3 additionally needs the threshold equation to have a single crossing and the optimal trajectory to cross it exactly once. Optimality of a constant policy cannot be read off from instantaneous profits alone when γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1: the instantaneously better choice (inauthenticity) can be the wrong one for a small influencer.

Formalization scope

  • Policies are measurable sets S⊆RS\subseteq\mathbb RS⊆R of times at which the influencer is inauthentic; constant policies are ∅\emptyset∅ and R\mathbb RR.
  • Admissible paths are continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), start at A0A_0A0​, take values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and solve (1) in integral (Carathéodory) form, because a measurable control makes dA/dtdA/dtdA/dt exist only almost everywhere. The [0,1][0,1][0,1] clause is implied by the equation and makes every profit stream bounded.
  • Discounted profit is (2) at t=0t=0t=0, an integral over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞); the paper's shift s=u−ts=u-ts=u−t is notation. The value function VVV of Lemma 1 is the real supremum over admissible pairs, nonempty and bounded above by γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r at every A0∈[0,1]A_0\in[0,1]A0​∈[0,1].
  • Optimality is against every admissible pair from the same A0A_0A0​, and every goal clause produces the optimal pair existentially. The threshold policy is the set {t≥0:At≥A∗}\{t\ge0: A_t\ge A^*\}{t≥0:At​≥A∗} of the same path it drives; a free switching time would not express a feedback rule.
  • Standing assumptions. 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, 0<A0<10<A_0<10<A0​<1 (§3.1–3.2); r>0r>0r>0 is the reading of "discount rate"; γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1 is assumed in every milestone ("for the remainder of the paper", p. 5) but not in the goal, whose first clause is γφ≤1\gamma\varphi\le1γφ≤1. Condition 1 is the disjunction of footnote 4. Lemma 1 and Lemma 2 carry the corrected constant γφ/r\gamma\varphi/rγφ/r.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: optimality is never assumed, the competitor class contains the constant policies' logistic paths, the threshold A∗A^*A∗ must solve the equation of (3) inside (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and measurability of policies keeps every profit integral meaningful. The microfoundations of §3.1 (μ\muμ, θ\thetaθ, ω\omegaω, U^\hat UU^, ccc) do not enter any statement.

The development needs Carathéodory solutions of a scalar ODE with a measurable switching coefficient, comparison and uniqueness for such solutions, differentiation under an improper integral, and a verification argument for a one-dimensional deterministic control problem with bang-bang control. The last two are reusable for other continuous-time marketing and diffusion models. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the logistic closed form underlying Lemma 3.

Selected references

  • C. Nistor, M. Selove, J. M. Villas-Boas, Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03479
  • F. M. Bass, A new product growth for model consumer durables, Management Science 15(5):215–227, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.5.215
  • M. Cheng, S. Zhang, Reputation burning: Analyzing the impact of brand sponsorship on social influencers, preprint, 2022. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4071188
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robustifying Conditional Portfolio Decisions via Optimal Transport 2: With a Singleton Fiber and Fiber Mass at Least ε > 0, the Worst-Case Conditional Expected Loss Equals a Two-Multiplier DualResearch Paper

Motivation

A portfolio manager who observes today's value x0x_0x0​ of a covariate (a market signal, a macroeconomic indicator) wants to choose a portfolio that performs well conditionally on that observation: the relevant risk is E[ℓ(Y,α,β)∣X=x0]\mathbb E[\ell(Y,\alpha,\beta)\mid X=x_0]E[ℓ(Y,α,β)∣X=x0​] of the asset return YYY, not its unconditional mean. With finitely many historical pairs (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), the empirical conditional distribution at a new x0x_0x0​ is usually empty or rests on one or two samples, so estimating it directly is unreliable. Nguyen, Zhang, Wang, Blanchet, Delage and Ye (arXiv:2103.16451v3, Operations Research 2025) hedge it with distributionally robust optimization: they take the worst case of the conditional expectation over all joint laws of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) within an optimal-transport ball around the empirical measure that still put a prescribed amount of mass on the conditioning event.

The objective is a ratio of two linear functionals of the law, so the standard strong-duality theorems for Wasserstein distributionally robust optimization (Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn, 2018; Blanchet and Murthy, 2019; Gao and Kleywegt, 2023) do not apply directly. This mission formalizes the paper's answer in the singular case where the conditioning event is the single point {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​} and the event must keep mass at least ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX (covariates) and Y\mathcal YY (returns) be spaces with ground costs DX\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}DX​, DY\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}DY​, combined into the separable cost D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX(x,x′)+DY(y,y′)\mathbb D((x,y),(x',y'))=\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x')+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,y')D((x,y),(x′,y′))=DX​(x,x′)+DY​(y,y′). The data are NNN samples (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), i∈[N]i\in[N]i∈[N], with empirical measure P^=N−1∑iδ(x^i,y^i)\hat{\mathbb P}=N^{-1}\sum_i\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^=N−1∑i​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​.

  • The optimal transport cost between laws Q1,Q2\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2Q1​,Q2​ is W(Q1,Q2)=inf⁡{Eπ[D(ξ1,ξ2)]:π∈Π(Q1,Q2)}\mathbb W(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)=\inf\{\mathbb E_\pi[\mathbb D(\xi_1,\xi_2)]:\pi\in\Pi(\mathbb Q_1,\mathbb Q_2)\}W(Q1​,Q2​)=inf{Eπ​[D(ξ1​,ξ2​)]:π∈Π(Q1​,Q2​)}, the infimum over couplings.
  • The ambiguity set is Bρ={Q: W(Q,P^)≤ρ}\mathbb B_\rho=\{\mathbb Q:\ \mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P})\le\rho\}Bρ​={Q: W(Q,P^)≤ρ} for a radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0.
  • The fiber of radius γ\gammaγ is Nγ(x0)×Y\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)\times\mathcal YNγ​(x0​)×Y with Nγ(x0)={x:DX(x,x0)≤γ}\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)=\{x:\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le\gamma\}Nγ​(x0​)={x:DX​(x,x0​)≤γ}; here γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, so the fiber is {x0}×Y\{x_0\}\times\mathcal Y{x0​}×Y.
  • The minimum radius ρmin⁡(x0,γ,ε)=inf⁡{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ(x0))≥ε}\rho_{\min}(x_0,\gamma,\varepsilon)=\inf\{\mathbb W(\mathbb Q,\hat{\mathbb P}):\mathbb Q(X\in\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0))\ge\varepsilon\}ρmin​(x0​,γ,ε)=inf{W(Q,P^):Q(X∈Nγ​(x0​))≥ε} is the smallest radius at which some law in the ball meets the mass requirement.
  • Assumption 2.4 of the paper: the costs are symmetric, non-negative and continuous, D\mathbb DD vanishes exactly on the diagonal, each x^i\hat x_ix^i​ has a unique projection onto Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) with cost κi\kappa_iκi​, and boundary points of Nγ(x0)\mathcal N_\gamma(x_0)Nγ​(x0​) can be left at arbitrarily small cost.

For a loss ℓ(y)=ℓ(y,α,β)\ell(y)=\ell(y,\alpha,\beta)ℓ(y)=ℓ(y,α,β) at a fixed decision, the object of study is the worst-case conditional expected loss

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X=x0)≥ε EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0],EQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0]=EQ[ℓ(Y)1{x0}(X)]Q(X=x0).\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X=x_0)\ge\varepsilon}\ \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0],\qquad \mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0]=\frac{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mathbb 1_{\{x_0\}}(X)]}{\mathbb Q(X=x_0)} .Q∈Bρ​, Q(X=x0​)≥εsup​ EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​],EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​]=Q(X=x0​)EQ​[ℓ(Y)1{x0​}​(X)]​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 15)

For ε∈(0,1]\varepsilon\in(0,1]ε∈(0,1] and ρ>ρmin⁡(x0,0,ε)\rho>\rho_{\min}(x_0,0,\varepsilon)ρ>ρmin​(x0​,0,ε),

sup⁡Q∈Bρ, Q(X=x0)≥εEQ[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0]=inf⁡λ1≥0, λ2∈R{ρλ1+ελ2+1N∑i∈[N](sup⁡y∈Y{ε−1ℓ(y)−[DX(x0,x^i)+DY(y,y^i)]λ1−λ2})+}.\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rho,\ \mathbb Q(X=x_0)\ge\varepsilon}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[\ell(Y)\mid X=x_0] =\inf_{\lambda_1\ge0,\ \lambda_2\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\rho\lambda_1+\varepsilon\lambda_2+\frac1N\sum_{i\in[N]}\Big(\sup_{y\in\mathcal Y}\big\{\varepsilon^{-1}\ell(y)-[\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x_0,\hat x_i)+\mathbb D_{\mathcal Y}(y,\hat y_i)]\lambda_1-\lambda_2\big\}\Big)^+\Big\}.Q∈Bρ​, Q(X=x0​)≥εsup​EQ​[ℓ(Y)∣X=x0​]=λ1​≥0, λ2​∈Rinf​{ρλ1​+ελ2​+N1​i∈[N]∑​(y∈Ysup​{ε−1ℓ(y)−[DX​(x0​,x^i​)+DY​(y,y^​i​)]λ1​−λ2​})+}.

The loss is arbitrary (measurable, real-valued), and both sides may be +∞+\infty+∞.

Milestones

  1. Representation (24) (p. 47): Q∈Bρ\mathbb Q\in\mathbb B_\rhoQ∈Bρ​ iff Q=N−1∑iπi\mathbb Q=N^{-1}\sum_i\pi_iQ=N−1∑i​πi​ for probability measures πi\pi_iπi​ with N−1∑iEπi[D(⋅,(x^i,y^i))]≤ρN^{-1}\sum_i\mathbb E_{\pi_i}[\mathbb D(\cdot,(\hat x_i,\hat y_i))]\le\rhoN−1∑i​Eπi​​[D(⋅,(x^i​,y^​i​))]≤ρ.
  2. Proposition 2.5 (p. 11): ρmin⁡\rho_{\min}ρmin​ is the value of the fractional knapsack program min⁡{N−1∑iκiυi:υ∈[0,1]N,∑iυi≥Nε}\min\{N^{-1}\sum_i\kappa_i\upsilon_i:\upsilon\in[0,1]^N,\sum_i\upsilon_i\ge N\varepsilon\}min{N−1∑i​κi​υi​:υ∈[0,1]N,∑i​υi​≥Nε}, and the problem is feasible iff ρ≥ρmin⁡\rho\ge\rho_{\min}ρ≥ρmin​.
  3. Lemma A.4 (p. 36): in a linear-fractional program over [0,1]N[0,1]^N[0,1]N, the constraint ∑iυi≥εN\sum_i\upsilon_i\ge\varepsilon N∑i​υi​≥εN may be replaced by ∑iυi=εN\sum_i\upsilon_i=\varepsilon N∑i​υi​=εN.
  4. Proposition A.5 (p. 36): the worst case equals a supremum over weights υ\upsilonυ with ∑iυi=Nε\sum_i\upsilon_i=N\varepsilon∑i​υi​=Nε and over laws μ0i\mu_0^iμ0i​ on Y\mathcal YY of the linear objective (Nε)−1∑iυiEμ0i[ℓ](N\varepsilon)^{-1}\sum_i\upsilon_i\mathbb E_{\mu_0^i}[\ell](Nε)−1∑i​υi​Eμ0i​​[ℓ] under one transport budget.
  5. Inner duality (p. 41): for fixed strictly feasible weights, the inner supremum over (μ0i)(\mu_0^i)(μ0i​) equals its moment-problem dual over λ1≥0\lambda_1\ge0λ1​≥0 and θ∈RN\theta\in\mathbb R^Nθ∈RN.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 reduces an infinite-dimensional, fractional worst-case problem to a two-multiplier convex program whose only infinite-dimensional pieces are NNN suprema over Y\mathcal YY. For piecewise-linear losses and norm costs the paper turns this into the conic programs of Propositions 3.3–3.4, which are what make the robust conditional portfolio model solvable in practice. It also compares the formulation with the trimming approach of Esteban-Pérez and Morales (Mathematical Programming, 2022), whose adversary may only pick laws with fiber mass exactly ε\varepsilonε; Proposition A.5 shows that, at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, the more powerful adversary allowed Q(X=x0)≥ε\mathbb Q(X=x_0)\ge\varepsilonQ(X=x0​)≥ε attains the same value.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematics. None of it is formalized. A complete development would add to the platform a first conditional (fractional) distributionally robust duality, a decomposition of optimal-transport balls around empirical measures (milestone 1, reusable by every finite-sample Wasserstein result), and a moment-problem duality with one budget constraint (milestone 5).

Difficulty

The ratio objective is the obstacle: neither the numerator nor the denominator alone determines the worst case, and a law that is optimal for the numerator may violate the mass constraint. The step "fix the fiber mass at ε\varepsilonε" (Proposition A.5) is where the obvious argument fails: an optimal law may put more than ε\varepsilonε on {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​}, and reducing that mass requires moving sample points off x0x_0x0​ at vanishing transport cost, which needs points of X\mathcal XX arbitrarily close to x0x_0x0​. Milestone 1 needs the existence of optimal couplings, which Mathlib lacks. Milestone 5 is an infinite-dimensional Lagrangian duality whose Slater point degenerates on the boundary of the weight set, so the final interchange of supremum and infimum must avoid that boundary.

Formalization scope

X\mathcal XX and Y\mathcal YY are Polish spaces with their Borel σ-algebras; samples are indexed by Fin N with N≥1N\ge1N≥1, repeats allowed. The optimal transport cost is the published RWPI.SqrtLasso.transportCost (an infimum of lower integrals of the [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued cost; attainment is not built in), and every expectation of the loss is the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral, ∫ℓ+−∫ℓ−\int\ell^+-\int\ell^-∫ℓ+−∫ℓ− in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞]. Worst-case values and duals are EReal suprema and infima. The loss is a measurable L : Y → ℝ standing for ℓ(⋅,α,β)\ell(\cdot,\alpha,\beta)ℓ(⋅,α,β) at an arbitrary decision.

Hypotheses beyond the page, all disclosed in the statements:

  • Assumption 2.4 is a hypothesis of every statement, as the paper makes it "throughout".
  • NotIsolated: for every r>0r>0r>0 there is x≠x0x\ne x_0x=x0​ with DX(x,x0)≤r\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x,x_0)\le rDX​(x,x0​)≤r. This is Assumption 2.4(iii) at γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 read with the ambient boundary of {x0}\{x_0\}{x0​}, as the paper's remark on p. 11 does; with the topological frontier in X\mathcal XX, (iii) is vacuous at an isolated x0x_0x0​, and Theorem 3.2 is then false.
  • Measurability of the loss, used because the dual side integrates ℓ\ellℓ against arbitrary laws on Y\mathcal YY.
  • Milestone 5 requires the strict budget inequality ∑iυiDX(x0,x^i)<Nρ\sum_i\upsilon_i\mathbb D_{\mathcal X}(x_0,\hat x_i)<N\rho∑i​υi​DX​(x0​,x^i​)<Nρ; the page's Slater argument covers only that case.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: conditional expectations are only taken at laws with fiber mass at least ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 (never at mass 000, where a real division would return 000); expectations are never Bochner integrals, which would be 000 for a non-integrable loss; the radius enters through ENNReal.ofReal ρ only where ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0 or ρ>ρmin⁡\rho>\rho_{\min}ρ>ρmin​ forces ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0; and every supremum ranges over exactly the paper's feasible set.

Needed infrastructure: existence of optimal couplings on Polish spaces (Villani, Theorem 4.1), a Lagrangian duality for moment problems, and Mathlib's Sion minimax theorem for the interchange. Contributions to any of these, and proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. A. Nguyen, F. Zhang, S. Wang, J. Blanchet, E. Delage, Y. Ye, Robustifying conditional portfolio decisions via optimal transport, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2103.16451v3, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2103.16451
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-driven distributionally robust optimization using the Wasserstein metric, Mathematical Programming 171, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1172-1
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • R. Gao, A. Kleywegt, Distributionally robust stochastic optimization with Wasserstein distance, Mathematics of Operations Research 48, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1275
  • A. Esteban-Pérez, J. M. Morales, Distributionally robust stochastic programs with side information based on trimmings, Mathematical Programming, 2022.
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 2001, pp. 135–165.
  • M. Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8, 1958, pp. 171–176.
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Equilibrium Portfolio Selection for Smooth Ambiguity Preferences: The Closed-Form Equilibrium Strategy under a Gaussian PriorResearch Paper

Motivation

An investor who does not know the expected return of a stock faces two kinds of uncertainty: risk (the randomness of returns given the model) and ambiguity (uncertainty about which model is true). The smooth ambiguity criterion of Klibanoff, Marinacci and Mukerji (Econometrica 2005) separates the two: the investor first computes the expected utility E[U(XT)∣Z=z]\mathbb E[U(X_T)\mid Z=z]E[U(XT​)∣Z=z] under each candidate model zzz, then averages a transformation ϕ\phiϕ of these values over her belief about ZZZ. Risk aversion lives in UUU, ambiguity aversion in the curvature of ϕ\phiϕ.

When the investor also learns ZZZ from prices, her belief changes over time and the nonlinear ϕ\phiϕ makes the problem time-inconsistent: a strategy that is optimal today is no longer optimal tomorrow. Following Strotz and the continuous-time game-theoretic approach of Björk, Khapko and Murgoci (Finance and Stochastics 2017), the paper of Guan, Liang and Xia (arXiv:2302.08181, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) looks for an equilibrium strategy: a rule that no short deviation can improve to first order. It derives a verification theorem and, for a Gaussian prior with CARA utility and power or logarithmic ϕ\phiϕ, the equilibrium in closed form.

Setting

A bond pays the constant rate rrr. The stock satisfies dSt/St=Z dt+σ dWtdS_t/S_t=Z\,dt+\sigma\,dW_tdSt​/St​=Zdt+σdWt​ with volatility σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, a standard Brownian motion WWW, and an unknown constant drift ZZZ with prior N(β0,σ02)N(\beta_0,\sigma_0^2)N(β0​,σ02​), σ0>0\sigma_0>0σ0​>0. The horizon is T>0T>0T>0. Observing prices, the investor's posterior at time ttt is N(βt,ζ(t))N(\beta_t,\zeta(t))N(βt​,ζ(t)) with

ζ(t)=σ2σ02σ2+tσ02.\zeta(t)=\frac{\sigma^2\sigma_0^2}{\sigma^2+t\sigma_0^2}.ζ(t)=σ2+tσ02​σ2σ02​​.

A strategy is a feedback function π(t,x,β)\pi(t,x,\beta)π(t,x,β): the amount held in the stock given time, wealth xxx and posterior mean β\betaβ.

The inside system fixes a hypothetical drift value zzz and starts at (t,x,β)(t,x,\beta)(t,x,β): the posterior mean evolves by dβsz=ζ(s)σ2[(z−βsz)ds+σdWs]d\beta^z_s=\frac{\zeta(s)}{\sigma^2}[(z-\beta^z_s)ds+\sigma dW_s]dβsz​=σ2ζ(s)​[(z−βsz​)ds+σdWs​] and the wealth by

dXs=rXs ds+π(s,Xs,βsz)(z−r) ds+π(s,Xs,βsz) σ dWs.dX_s=rX_s\,ds+\pi(s,X_s,\beta^z_s)(z-r)\,ds+\pi(s,X_s,\beta^z_s)\,\sigma\,dW_s .dXs​=rXs​ds+π(s,Xs​,βsz​)(z−r)ds+π(s,Xs​,βsz​)σdWs​.

Utility is CARA, U(x)=−1ke−kxU(x)=-\frac1ke^{-kx}U(x)=−k1​e−kx with k>0k>0k>0, and ϕ(u)=−1α(−u)α\phi(u)=-\frac1\alpha(-u)^\alphaϕ(u)=−α1​(−u)α for α≠0\alpha\ne0α=0, ϕ(u)=−log⁡(−u)\phi(u)=-\log(-u)ϕ(u)=−log(−u) for α=0\alpha=0α=0, on u<0u<0u<0; ϕ\phiϕ is concave for α>1\alpha>1α>1, linear for α=1\alpha=1α=1 and convex for α<1\alpha<1α<1. The inside expected utility is gz,π(t,x,β)=E[U(XTz,π)∣Xt=x,βtz=β]g^{z,\pi}(t,x,\beta)=\mathbb E[U(X^{z,\pi}_T)\mid X_t=x,\beta^z_t=\beta]gz,π(t,x,β)=E[U(XTz,π​)∣Xt​=x,βtz​=β], and the objective is

J(t,x,β,π)=∫ϕ(gz,π(t,x,β)) N(β,ζ(t))(dz).J(t,x,\beta,\pi)=\int\phi\big(g^{z,\pi}(t,x,\beta)\big)\,N(\beta,\zeta(t))(dz).J(t,x,β,π)=∫ϕ(gz,π(t,x,β))N(β,ζ(t))(dz).

A strategy is admissible (π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, Definition 5.1) if the wealth equation is well posed and certain exponential and power moments are bounded by Ceϵz2Ce^{\epsilon z^2}Ceϵz2 over short horizons. π∗∈Π\pi^*\in\Piπ∗∈Π is an equilibrium strategy (Definition 2.1) if for every (t,x,β)(t,x,\beta)(t,x,β) and π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, the spike πt,h\pi_{t,h}πt,h​ (equal to π\piπ on [t,t+h)[t,t+h)[t,t+h) and π∗\pi^*π∗ afterwards) satisfies

lim sup⁡h→0+J(t,x,β,πt,h)−J(t,x,β,π∗)h≤0.\limsup_{h\to0^+}\frac{J(t,x,\beta,\pi_{t,h})-J(t,x,\beta,\pi^*)}{h}\le0 .h→0+limsup​hJ(t,x,β,πt,h​)−J(t,x,β,π∗)​≤0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.5

Let α∗<0\alpha^*<0α∗<0 be the unique solution of (1+σ0−2σ2T−1)∫0∞e−x(1+(1−α∗)x)α∗/(1−α∗)dx=1\big(1+\sigma_0^{-2}\sigma^2T^{-1}\big)\int_0^\infty e^{-x}(1+(1-\alpha^*)x)^{\alpha^*/(1-\alpha^*)}dx=1(1+σ0−2​σ2T−1)∫0∞​e−x(1+(1−α∗)x)α∗/(1−α∗)dx=1 and assume α>max⁡{α∗,1−0.5σ0−2σ2T−1}\alpha>\max\{\alpha^*,1-0.5\sigma_0^{-2}\sigma^2T^{-1}\}α>max{α∗,1−0.5σ0−2​σ2T−1}. Let m1,…,m6m_1,\dots,m_6m1​,…,m6​ solve the ODE system (5.10) and put a1(t,m2,m3)=(1+ζm2)(ζ−1+αm2)ζ−1−αm3a_1(t,m_2,m_3)=\frac{(1+\zeta m_2)(\zeta^{-1}+\alpha m_2)}{\zeta^{-1}-\alpha m_3}a1​(t,m2​,m3​)=ζ−1−αm3​(1+ζm2​)(ζ−1+αm2​)​. Then

π∗(t,x,β)=e−r(T−t)kσ2{a1(t,m2(t),m3(t))+ζ(t)m1(t)}(β−r)\pi^*(t,x,\beta)=\frac{e^{-r(T-t)}}{k\sigma^2}\big\{a_1(t,m_2(t),m_3(t))+\zeta(t)m_1(t)\big\}(\beta-r)π∗(t,x,β)=kσ2e−r(T−t)​{a1​(t,m2​(t),m3​(t))+ζ(t)m1​(t)}(β−r)

is an equilibrium strategy, and its inside expected utility is

gz(t,x,β)=−1kexp⁡{−ker(T−t)x+12m1β2+m2βz+12m3z2+m4β+m5z+m6}.g^z(t,x,\beta)=-\frac1k\exp\Big\{-ke^{r(T-t)}x+\tfrac12m_1\beta^2+m_2\beta z+\tfrac12m_3z^2+m_4\beta+m_5z+m_6\Big\}.gz(t,x,β)=−k1​exp{−ker(T−t)x+21​m1​β2+m2​βz+21​m3​z2+m4​β+m5​z+m6​}.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof: the Gaussian moment formula (Lemma C.2) and short-horizon bounds on βz\beta^zβz (Lemma C.1); admissibility under a growth bound (Proposition 5.2) and of π∗\pi^*π∗; the critical exponent, unique solvability and closed form of the reduced system (5.16) with its sign bounds (Proposition 5.4); the closed-form remaining coefficients (5.18); the extended HJB conditions (Lemma 5.3); and three verification steps of Appendix G (a martingale property, uniform integrability, and continuity (G.5)).

Significance

Theorem 5.5 gives an explicit, time-consistent investment rule under learning and smooth ambiguity. The rule is linear in the posterior mean, and its coefficient splits into the myopic Merton demand and two hedging demands, one against ambiguity in ZZZ and one against changes in β\betaβ; the paper's numerical section uses this decomposition to study how ambiguity attitude changes the demand for the risky asset. At α=1\alpha=1α=1 the criterion is expected utility and π∗\pi^*π∗ is the Bayesian-learning Merton rule. The critical exponent α∗\alpha^*α∗ marks how much ambiguity seeking the closed form can tolerate.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendices C–G) but not formalized. The formalization would add to the platform its first smooth-ambiguity preference, its first equilibrium notion for a time-inconsistent continuous-time control problem with feedback strategies, and its first Bayesian drift-learning model. Lemma C.2 and the posterior-mean process are reusable beyond this paper.

Difficulty

Every quantity in the equilibrium inequality is a law-level functional of a controlled SDE: gz,πg^{z,\pi}gz,π is an expectation over the wealth under the hypothetical drift, and JJJ integrates ϕ(gz,π)\phi(g^{z,\pi})ϕ(gz,π) against the Gaussian posterior over zzz. The obvious route, a Taylor expansion of J(πt,h)J(\pi_{t,h})J(πt,h​) in hhh, needs to interchange the limit h→0+h\to0^+h→0+ with two nested expectations, one of which ranges over an unbounded drift zzz. Exponential utility makes gzg^zgz grow like ecz2e^{cz^2}ecz2, so every estimate has to be uniform in zzz up to a factor eϵz2e^{\epsilon z^2}eϵz2 that the Gaussian posterior can absorb, and the convex case α<1\alpha<1α<1 needs the extra lower bound on α\alphaα. On the deterministic side, the six-dimensional Riccati-type system (5.10) is nonlinear; its solvability on all of [0,T][0,T][0,T] is not automatic and fails beyond the critical exponent α∗\alpha^*α∗.

Formalization scope

Time is real, with t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] explicit; Mathlib's Brownian motion IsBrownianReal is indexed by R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​ and read at s.toNNReal. Every statement holds on every probability space carrying a Brownian motion. Standing hypotheses: σ,σ0,T,k>0\sigma,\sigma_0,T,k>0σ,σ0​,T,k>0; ZZZ ranges over R\mathbb RR.

Conventions committed to:

  1. Conditioning on a state E[⋅∣Xt=x,βt=β]\mathbb E[\cdot\mid X_t=x,\beta_t=\beta]E[⋅∣Xt​=x,βt​=β] is the inside system started at (t,x,β)(t,x,\beta)(t,x,β) and driven by Ws−WtW_s-W_tWs​−Wt​, as the paper's appendices use it; E[⋅∣βt=β]\mathbb E[\cdot\mid\beta_t=\beta]E[⋅∣βt​=β] for functions of ZZZ is the posterior N(β,ζ(t))N(\beta,\zeta(t))N(β,ζ(t)), cited from Bismuth, Guéant and Pu (2019), not re-derived.
  2. βz\beta^zβz is the explicit formula (C.1). The wealth is a strong solution of (5.2) with the published Itô integral EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral against the shifted Brownian motion.
  3. Definition 5.1(i) is read on the inside system: for every zzz and every start, the wealth equation is uniquely solvable.
  4. The equilibrium predicate requires JJJ to be finite (for π∗\pi^*π∗, and for spikes with small hhh), the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup is in ϵ\epsilonϵ-form, and t∈[0,T)t\in[0,T)t∈[0,T).
  5. Every ODE solution keeps ζ−1−αm3>0\zeta^{-1}-\alpha m_3>0ζ−1−αm3​>0 on [0,T][0,T][0,T]; time derivatives are taken within [0,T][0,T][0,T].
  6. Suprema claimed to equal 000 are least upper bounds; Ψ−1\Psi^{-1}Ψ−1 is written as an equation for Ψ\PsiΨ.

Each of these rules out a trivializing formalization: a Bochner expectation of a non-integrable utility is 000 in Lean, which would make ϕ(0)\phi(0)ϕ(0) and JJJ meaningless; a ⨆ of an unbounded set is 000, the claimed value; an ODE "solution" through a zero of the denominator would solve a junk system; and a goal over an empty set of α∗\alpha^*α∗ or of ODE solutions would be vacuous, which Proposition 5.4 and (5.18) exclude. Corrected readings of printed slips (the conditioning XTπ∗=xX^{\pi^*}_T=xXTπ∗​=x in Theorems 3.5/4.5 read as Xtπ∗=xX^{\pi^*}_t=xXtπ∗​=x; Step 1 stated from every start) are disclosed in the items.

The proofs use, beyond Mathlib: Itô's formula, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality, Novikov's criterion, the generalized Gronwall inequality (Willett–Wong 1965, Theorem 2), and the Gaussian filter. Contributions of these tools as separate results are welcome. Not included: Lemmas C.3 and D.1, Steps 2, 4 and 5 of Appendix G, and the verification Theorems 3.5 and 4.5.

Selected references

  • G. Guan, Z. Liang, J. Xia, Equilibrium Portfolio Selection for Smooth Ambiguity Preferences, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2302.08181v1, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.08181
  • P. Klibanoff, M. Marinacci, S. Mukerji, A Smooth Model of Decision Making under Ambiguity, Econometrica 73(6), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0262.2005.00640.x
  • T. Björk, M. Khapko, A. Murgoci, On time-inconsistent stochastic control in continuous time, Finance and Stochastics 21(2), 331–360, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.03650
  • A. Bismuth, O. Guéant, J. Pu, Portfolio choice, portfolio liquidation, and portfolio transition under drift uncertainty, Mathematics and Financial Economics 13(4), 661–719, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.07843
  • D. Willett, J. S. W. Wong, On the discrete analogues of some generalizations of Gronwall's inequality, Monatshefte für Mathematik 69(4), 362–367, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01297622
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Economics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Crowdfunding Effects on Venture Capital Investment: The Crowdfunding Option Lowers Expected VC Investment Exactly When a VC-Fundable Startup Prefers Investment After the CampaignResearch Paper

Motivation

Reward-based crowdfunding and venture capital are two of the main sources of early-stage finance, and the empirical record on how they interact points both ways: some studies find that more crowdfunding activity is followed by more VC investment, others find the opposite. Hu, Jin and Keppo (SSRN 3512638; Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.00994) explain both signs with one firm-level model. A crowdfunding campaign has two roles: it raises a modest amount of money, and its outcome is a public signal about whether the product will succeed. Two VC firms with different priors compete for the deal, and the more optimistic one may prefer to wait for the campaign's outcome rather than invest at once.

The paper builds on earlier work on the informational value of crowdfunding for professional investors (Roma, Gal-Or and Chen, 2018; Babich, Marinesi and Tsoukalas, 2021) and on crowdfunding as a mechanism (Strausz, 2017). Its main result, Proposition 6, says exactly when the mere option of crowdfunding lowers the expected VC investment and when it raises it.

Setting

A startup needs at least R0R_0R0​ to launch a project whose revenue is RsR_sRs​ if it succeeds and RfR_fRf​ if it fails, with Rf<R0<RsR_f < R_0 < R_sRf​<R0​<Rs​; each state has probability 1/21/21/2. It offers an investing VC firm an equity share α∈[0,1]\alpha \in [0,1]α∈[0,1]. VC1_11​ and VC2_22​ believe the startup succeeds with probabilities p1≥p2p_1 \ge p_2p1​≥p2​, the startup itself with probability pap_apa​; under a belief ppp the expected revenue is pRs+(1−p)RfpR_s + (1-p)R_fpRs​+(1−p)Rf​, giving e1,e2,eae_1, e_2, e_ae1​,e2​,ea​. A VC's valuation of the share is vi=αeiv_i = \alpha e_ivi​=αei​.

The investment level at which VC1_11​ acquires the share is

κ(v1,v2,R)={0v1<R,βv1+(1−β)max⁡{v2,R}v1≥R,\kappa(v_1, v_2, R) = \begin{cases} 0 & v_1 < R,\\ \beta v_1 + (1-\beta)\max\{v_2, R\} & v_1 \ge R,\end{cases}κ(v1​,v2​,R)={0βv1​+(1−β)max{v2​,R}​v1​<R,v1​≥R,​

where β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0,1]β∈[0,1] is the startup's negotiation power. VC2_22​ never invests; it matters only as the startup's outside option.

Timeline. At t0t_0t0​ VC1_11​ may invest. If it does not, the startup runs a crowdfunding campaign with target K∈(0,R0)K \in (0, R_0)K∈(0,R0​), which produces a signal SSS (success, KKK collected) or FFF (failure) with P(S∣s)=P(F∣f)=12+ρ2P(S\mid s) = P(F\mid f) = \tfrac12 + \tfrac\rho2P(S∣s)=P(F∣f)=21​+2ρ​, where ρ∈[0,1]\rho \in [0,1]ρ∈[0,1] is the signal's accuracy. All parties update by Bayes' rule, with posteriors p~∣S\tilde p|Sp~​∣S, p~∣F\tilde p|Fp~​∣F and expected revenues e~i∣S\tilde e_i|Se~i​∣S, e~i∣F\tilde e_i|Fe~i​∣F. At t1t_1t1​ VC1_11​ reconsiders: after SSS the requirement is R0−KR_0 - KR0​−K and the share is scaled to α′=(R0−K)α/R0\alpha' = (R_0 - K)\alpha/R_0α′=(R0​−K)α/R0​; after FFF both stay as they were. Assumption (I) requires e~1∣S≥R0\tilde e_1|S \ge R_0e~1​∣S≥R0​.

VC1_11​ compares its surplus from investing now, π1=v1−κ(v1,v2,R0)\pi_1 = v_1 - \kappa(v_1, v_2, R_0)π1​=v1​−κ(v1​,v2​,R0​), with its expected surplus from waiting, π~1\tilde\pi_1π~1​; the value of waiting is Δ1=π~1−π1\Delta_1 = \tilde\pi_1 - \pi_1Δ1​=π~1​−π1​, and VC1_11​ invests at t0t_0t0​ when v1≥R0v_1 \ge R_0v1​≥R0​ and Δ1≤0\Delta_1 \le 0Δ1​≤0. The paper shows that this happens exactly when α≥α0\alpha \ge \alpha_0α≥α0​, for an explicit threshold α0\alpha_0α0​ (Proposition 2). The startup chooses α\alphaα to maximize its expected payoff. Without crowdfunding it offers αo=R0/e1\alpha^o = R_0/e_1αo=R0​/e1​. With crowdfunding it offers αc=α0\alpha^c = \alpha_0αc=α0​ or αc=R0/e~1∣S\alpha^c = R_0/\tilde e_1|Sαc=R0​/e~1​∣S, according to the sign of its own value of waiting Δa\Delta_aΔa​ (Proposition 4). The expected VC investment level IoI^oIo or IcI^cIc is the level along VC1_11​'s decisions, averaged over the signal under the unconditional belief P(θ=s)=1/2P(\theta = s) = 1/2P(θ=s)=1/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6

Under the standing assumptions,

Ic<Ioif e1≥R0 and Δa>0,Io≤Icif e1≥R0 and Δa≤0,I^c < I^o \quad\text{if } e_1 \ge R_0 \text{ and } \Delta_a > 0, \qquad I^o \le I^c \quad\text{if } e_1 \ge R_0 \text{ and } \Delta_a \le 0,Ic<Ioif e1​≥R0​ and Δa​>0,Io≤Icif e1​≥R0​ and Δa​≤0,

and if e1<R0e_1 < R_0e1​<R0​ no share in [0,1][0,1][0,1] draws an investment without crowdfunding, while Ic>0I^c > 0Ic>0.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: the no-crowdfunding benchmark αo=R0/e1\alpha^o = R_0/e_1αo=R0​/e1​, Io∈{0,R0}I^o \in \{0, R_0\}Io∈{0,R0​}.
  2. Proposition 2(i): VC1_11​ invests at t0t_0t0​ iff α≥α0\alpha \ge \alpha_0α≥α0​, with α0\alpha_0α0​ given by the printed closed forms T1T_1T1​, T2T_2T2​.
  3. Proposition 2(ii): if VC1_11​ waits, it invests only after SSS, and then iff α≥R0/e~1∣S\alpha \ge R_0/\tilde e_1|Sα≥R0​/e~1​∣S.
  4. Corollary 1 and Proposition 3(i): R0/e~1∣S≤α0R_0/\tilde e_1|S \le \alpha_0R0​/e~1​∣S≤α0​ and R0/e1≤α0≤R0/e2R_0/e_1 \le \alpha_0 \le R_0/e_2R0​/e1​≤α0​≤R0​/e2​.
  5. The startup's objective with crowdfunding (§5.2) equals its anticipated payoff.
  6. Proposition 4: αc\alpha^cαc is optimal.
  7. The closed form of IcI^cIc (proof of Proposition 6).
  8. Companions: Corollary 2 (the effect on the equity share), Proposition 3(ii) and Proposition 5 (α0\alpha_0α0​ and Δa\Delta_aΔa​ decrease in p2p_2p2​).

Significance

Proposition 6 separates two populations of startups. For a startup that VC1_11​ would fund anyway (e1≥R0e_1 \ge R_0e1​≥R0​) and that prefers to induce a delay (Δa>0\Delta_a > 0Δa​>0), crowdfunding lowers expected investment: after success the requirement drops to R0−KR_0 - KR0​−K, and after failure nobody invests. For a startup that VC1_11​ would not fund on its prior (e1<R0e_1 < R_0e1​<R0​), crowdfunding creates investment that would otherwise not exist. If the startup prefers to keep the investment before the campaign (Δa≤0\Delta_a \le 0Δa​≤0), the mere option of crowdfunding raises the level even though no campaign is run. Together these account for both signs of the empirical crowdfunding–VC relationship.

The paper's proofs are case analyses on closed forms. No part of this model has been machine-checked, and nothing on the platform models crowdfunding, VC competition or this signal structure. A formalization checks the seven-subcase comparison behind Proposition 2. It also pins down hypotheses the paper uses without stating them: nonnegative revenue, β<1\beta < 1β<1, ea>0e_a > 0ea​>0, ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 and p1<1p_1 < 1p1​<1. Each is needed, and each has an explicit counterexample without it.

Difficulty

The hard step is Proposition 2(i). Both π1\pi_1π1​ and π~1\tilde\pi_1π~1​ are piecewise linear in α\alphaα, with breakpoints where v2v_2v2​, v~2∣S\tilde v_2|Sv~2​∣S, v~1∣S\tilde v_1|Sv~1​∣S and v~1∣F\tilde v_1|Fv~1​∣F cross their requirements. The claim that {α:Δ1≤0}∩{v1≥R0}\{\alpha : \Delta_1 \le 0\} \cap \{v_1 \ge R_0\}{α:Δ1​≤0}∩{v1​≥R0​} is a single up-ray [α0,1][\alpha_0, 1][α0​,1] needs the relative order of these breakpoints. Which closed form (T1T_1T1​ or T2T_2T2​) is the threshold depends on where VC2_22​'s post-signal valuation sits. The threshold is therefore not read off a single formula: each ordering of the breakpoints is a separate case, and the paper's proof runs through seven of them. Everything downstream, including the startup's optimum and the comparison of investment levels, needs the threshold to be exact.

Formalization scope

Everything is elementary real arithmetic, with no measure theory. The parameters are a record of nine reals. "Expected" means the two-term average over SSS and FFF, with P(S∣p)=p(12+ρ2)+(1−p)(12−ρ2)P(S\mid p) = p(\tfrac12 + \tfrac\rho2) + (1-p)(\tfrac12 - \tfrac\rho2)P(S∣p)=p(21​+2ρ​)+(1−p)(21​−2ρ​), the mixture implied by the signal accuracies (the paper does not print it). The posteriors, T1T_1T1​, T2T_2T2​, α0\alpha_0α0​, πa\pi_aπa​, π~a\tilde\pi_aπ~a​, Δa\Delta_aΔa​ and αc\alpha^cαc are the printed closed forms. VC1_11​'s decisions, the startup's payoffs and the investment levels are defined from the surpluses and from κ\kappaκ. A VC that cannot meet the requirement after a signal gets surplus 000, as in the paper's proof (the printed max⁡{⋅,0}\max\{\cdot, 0\}max{⋅,0} would give it its valuation). VC1_11​'s ties go to investing now and the startup's ties to α0\alpha_0α0​. "Optimal" means a global maximizer over [0,1][0,1][0,1]. "Raises" is weak where equality can occur (β=0\beta = 0β=0, p2=p1p_2 = p_1p2​=p1​), and comparative statics in p2p_2p2​ are weak.

Standing assumptions on every statement: Rf<R0<RsR_f < R_0 < R_sRf​<R0​<Rs​, 0<K<R00 < K < R_00<K<R0​, ρ≤1\rho \le 1ρ≤1, 0≤β0 \le \beta0≤β, 0≤p2≤p1≤10 \le p_2 \le p_1 \le 10≤p2​≤p1​≤1, 0≤pa≤10 \le p_a \le 10≤pa​≤1, e~1∣S≥R0\tilde e_1|S \ge R_0e~1​∣S≥R0​. Added hypotheses:

  • 0≤Rf0 \le R_f0≤Rf​ on every statement;
  • β<1\beta < 1β<1 on Propositions 2 and 4, the startup's objective, the IcI^cIc formula and the goal;
  • ea>0e_a > 0ea​>0 on Proposition 4, the IcI^cIc formula and the goal;
  • ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 and p1<1p_1 < 1p1​<1 only on the branch Δa>0\Delta_a > 0Δa​>0: the IcI^cIc formula's second case, Corollary 2's "reduces" and the goal's "reduces" case.

Proposition 3(i)'s bound α0≤R0/e2\alpha_0 \le R_0/e_2α0​≤R0​/e2​ is stated as α0e2≤R0\alpha_0 e_2 \le R_0α0​e2​≤R0​, because e2=0e_2 = 0e2​=0 is allowed.

The goal compares investment levels computed from VC1_11​'s decisions, not the paper's closed forms IoI^oIo, IcI^cIc, whose comparison is three lines of algebra. The threshold α0\alpha_0α0​ is not defined as the infimum of the shares at which VC1_11​ invests, which would make Proposition 2(i) a tautology. The goal is stated at the paper's selected share αc\alpha^cαc, not at every maximizer.

Not formalized: Online Appendix A (the startup re-optimizes α′\alpha'α′ after the campaign), Appendix B (profitability for the startup and VC1_11​), and Appendix C (comparative statics in KKK and ρ\rhoρ). Proofs of any milestone are welcome. The case analysis of Proposition 2(i), stated as lemmas about the piecewise-linear surpluses, would be reusable by every downstream item.

Selected references

  • M. Hu, Y. Jin, J. Keppo, The Crowdfunding Effects on Venture Capital Investment, Management Science, 2024. SSRN author manuscript: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3512638; journal: https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.00994
  • V. Babich, S. Marinesi, G. Tsoukalas, Does crowdfunding benefit entrepreneurs and venture capital investors?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 23(2), 508–524, 2021.
  • P. Roma, E. Gal-Or, R. R. Chen, Reward-based crowdfunding campaigns: Informational value and access to venture capital, Information Systems Research 29(3), 679–697, 2018.
  • R. Strausz, A theory of crowdfunding: A mechanism design approach with demand uncertainty and moral hazard, American Economic Review 107(6), 1430–1476, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.20151700
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Led Marketplaces 1: Below a Capacity Threshold the Monopolist Competes Only in the Top Marketplace Products (Mode I); Above It He Also Monopolizes Unsupplied Products (Mode II)Research Paper

Motivation

Large online retailers such as Amazon run two businesses on one storefront. They sell products themselves, and they host a marketplace on which third-party sellers sell, paying the platform a percentage of their revenue. A retailer that also runs the marketplace can decide which products to sell itself, and it controls which offer most consumers see. Competition authorities have asked whether this dual role lets the platform appropriate third-party sellers' business, and empirical work (Zhu and Liu, 2018) finds that Amazon enters only a small, high-performing subset of marketplace products.

Hervas-Drane and Shelegia (Retailer-Led Marketplaces, Management Science, 2025) give a model in which these choices can be computed. Its main result, Proposition 2, says which products the platform sells itself when its assortment is limited. This mission formalizes that proposition together with the pricing and entry results it rests on.

Setting

There is a unit mass of products. Each product is an independent market indexed by its consumers' valuation vvv. Valuations are distributed according to a probability measure μ\muμ on [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞) with CDF G(v)=μ((−∞,v])G(v)=\mu((-\infty,v])G(v)=μ((−∞,v]). Every unit costs c>0c>0c>0 to supply. Each market has a unit mass of unit-demand consumers, who buy at a price ppp only if p≤vp\le vp≤v.

The monopolist retailer MMM sets an ad valorem fee f∈[0,1]f\in[0,1]f∈[0,1] on the third-party seller's revenue. He can steer a share λ\lambdaλ of consumers (the inattentive ones) to the seller of his choice; the remaining 1−λ1-\lambda1−λ buy from the cheapest offer, with ties going to MMM. He has capacity k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1]: he can supply at most a fraction kkk of all products.

The game has three stages. In Stage 1 MMM sets fff. In Stage 2 each product's third-party seller TTT decides whether to enter, and then MMM chooses which products to enter. In Stage 3, in each market both present firms price sequentially: TTT quotes first, then MMM quotes and steers. The solution concept is subgame perfect equilibrium.

Proposition 1 solves Stage 3. A product supplied by MMM alone (SBM) earns him πMSBM=v−c\pi_M^{SBM}=v-cπMSBM​=v−c. A product supplied by TTT alone (SBT) earns her (1−f)v−c(1-f)v-c(1−f)v−c and earns him the fee πMSBT=fv\pi_M^{SBT}=fvπMSBT​=fv. When both supply it (SBMT), TTT charges

pˉT=λv+c(1−λ)1−f(1−λ),\bar p_T=\frac{\lambda v+c(1-\lambda)}{1-f(1-\lambda)},pˉ​T​=1−f(1−λ)λv+c(1−λ)​,

and MMM earns πMSBMT=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)fpˉT\pi_M^{SBMT}=\lambda(v-c)+(1-\lambda)f\bar p_TπMSBMT​=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)fpˉ​T​. Lemma 1 says TTT enters exactly the products v≥vT=c/(1−f)v\ge v_T=c/(1-f)v≥vT​=c/(1−f), the marketplace products. An allocation of MMM is any measurable set AAA of products with μ(A)≤k\mu(A)\le kμ(A)≤k. His total profit is the SBM profit on AAA below vTv_TvT​, plus the SBMT profit on AAA above vTv_TvT​, plus the fee on marketplace products outside AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Assume λ≥12\lambda\ge\tfrac12λ≥21​ (Assumption 1) and f<1f<1f<1. Let Δπ(v)=πMSBMT(v)−πMSBT(v)\Delta\pi(v)=\pi_M^{SBMT}(v)-\pi_M^{SBT}(v)Δπ(v)=πMSBMT​(v)−πMSBT​(v) and

v∗=cλ(1−f)2(λ−f(1−λ)),k‾=1−G(v∗).v^*=\frac{c\lambda}{(1-f)^2(\lambda-f(1-\lambda))},\qquad \underline k=1-G(v^*).v∗=(1−f)2(λ−f(1−λ))cλ​,k​=1−G(v∗).

Then:

  • Mode I. If k≤k‾k\le\underline kk≤k​, the optimal allocation is unique up to μ\muμ-null sets and equals [vK,∞)[v_K,\infty)[vK​,∞) with 1−G(vK)=k1-G(v_K)=k1−G(vK​)=k (empty if k=0k=0k=0).
  • Mode II. If k>k‾k>\underline kk>k​, it is [vL,vT)∪[vH,∞)[v_L,v_T)\cup[v_H,\infty)[vL​,vT​)∪[vH​,∞), where
πMSBM(vL)=Δπ(vH),(1−G(vH))+(G(vT)−G(vL))=k.\pi_M^{SBM}(v_L)=\Delta\pi(v_H),\qquad (1-G(v_H))+(G(v_T)-G(v_L))=k.πMSBM​(vL​)=Δπ(vH​),(1−G(vH​))+(G(vT​)−G(vL​))=k.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1, its three supply configurations: the SBM monopoly price, the SBT equilibrium, and the SBMT subgame perfect equilibrium, which is unique for 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 and v(1−f)>cv(1-f)>cv(1−f)>c.
  2. Lemma 1 with (1) and Property 1: the entry threshold vTv_TvT​.
  3. The closed form of Δπ\Delta\piΔπ, its positivity above vTv_TvT​, and its monotonicity in vvv and in fff.
  4. (A.2): Δπ(v∗)=πMSBM(vT)\Delta\pi(v^*)=\pi_M^{SBM}(v_T)Δπ(v∗)=πMSBM​(vT​), and v∗≥vTv^*\ge v_Tv∗≥vT​.
  5. The (vL,vH)(v_L,v_H)(vL​,vH​) system has a unique solution when k>k‾k>\underline kk>k​.

Significance

Proposition 2 is the step that the rest of the paper builds on. Display (4) writes the monopolist's profit as a function of the fee by plugging in the thresholds vLv_LvL​, vTv_TvT​, vHv_HvH​, vKv_KvK​ of Proposition 2. The optimal fee (Lemma 2, Proposition 3) and the policy comparisons of §6 (a pure-retailer response, fee regulation, steering bans) are all statements about that function. The two modes are also the paper's empirical prediction. A platform with little capacity, effective steering and a high fee competes only in the top marketplace products. With more capacity it also takes products no third party sells.

The paper proves Proposition 2 in Appendix A. The proof is an informal capacity-allocation argument. No machine-checked version exists. A formal proof has to turn the argument about entering the products of highest marginal profitability first into a statement about all measurable allocations of mass at most kkk. It must also prove uniqueness up to null sets, and handle the corners k=0k=0k=0, k=1k=1k=1 and f=0f=0f=0 that the prose passes over.

Difficulty

The obvious argument ranks products by the marginal profitability of entry and fills capacity from the top. Two facts make this harder than it looks. First, the ranking is not monotone in vvv. Below vTv_TvT​ the gain is v−cv-cv−c; above vTv_TvT​ it is Δπ(v)\Delta\pi(v)Δπ(v), which starts again from 000 at vTv_TvT​. So the optimal set is an upper level set of a piecewise function, and in Mode II it has two components. Second, the claim is about every measurable set of mass at most kkk, not about thresholds. Optimality needs an exchange argument against arbitrary sets, and uniqueness needs the level sets of the gain to be μ\muμ-null. Locating the thresholds also needs continuity and strict monotonicity of GGG, which come from the density and the full-support hypothesis.

Proposition 1 has its own subtlety. At pT=pˉTp_T=\bar p_TpT​=pˉ​T​ the monopolist is indifferent between matching TTT's price and charging vvv. TTT's best price exists only if MMM's strategy breaks this tie in TTT's favour, so the equilibrium has to be stated for strategies defined at every price of TTT.

Formalization scope

Products form a probability measure μ : Measure ℝ. The standing hypotheses are:

  • μ((−∞,c))=0\mu((-\infty,c))=0μ((−∞,c))=0, μ≪\mu\llμ≪ Lebesgue (the density ggg), and Integrable (fun v => v) μ, which the paper never states but which is needed for profits to be finite;
  • μ\muμ charges every nonempty open interval of [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞), the reading of G−1G^{-1}G−1 in (3);
  • c>0c>0c>0, f∈[0,1)f\in[0,1)f∈[0,1), λ∈[12,1]\lambda\in[\tfrac12,1]λ∈[21​,1], k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1].

The foreclosed corner f=1f=1f=1 (vT=∞v_T=\inftyvT​=∞) is not covered. Marketplace products are encoded as {v:c≤v(1−f)}\{v: c\le v(1-f)\}{v:c≤v(1−f)}. Optimal allocations quantify over all measurable sets of mass at most kkk, and uniqueness is up to μ\muμ-null sets. Restricting allocations to intervals or to unions of two intervals would assume the conclusion, and the formalization does not do it.

In Proposition 1, MMM's strategy is a function of TTT's price that is a best response at every price, and TTT's price is optimal against it. Uniqueness of the SBMT outcome is stated only for 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 and v(1−f)>cv(1-f)>cv(1−f)>c, where it holds. Lemma 1's duopoly clause likewise needs 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1.

Two definition files carry the model:

  • Model: GGG, the marketplace set, the Proposition 1 payoffs, Δπ\Delta\piΔπ, v∗v^*v∗, k‾\underline kk​, allocations and profit;
  • PricingGame: the three pricing games and their equilibria.

The bathtub-type lemma behind Proposition 2 is reusable beyond this mission: among measurable sets of mass at most kkk, an upper level set of a weight maximizes its integral. Contributions of that lemma, of the milestones, and of alternative proofs are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Hervas-Drane, S. Shelegia, Retailer-Led Marketplaces, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.00315
  • F. Zhu, Q. Liu, Competing with Complementors: An Empirical Look at Amazon.com, Strategic Management Journal 39:2618–2642, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.2932
  • A. Hervas-Drane, S. Shelegia, Price Competition with a Stake in Your Rival, International Journal of Industrial Organization 84:102862, 2022 (the simultaneous-pricing variant of the pricing game). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijindorg.2022.102862
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand 1: Without Gain-Seeking Products the Myopic Price Path Converges to a Steady State; with One the Myopic Policy Has NoneResearch Paper

Motivation

Consumers judge a price against a reference price, an internal benchmark formed from the prices they have seen before. A price above the reference is perceived as a loss and depresses demand; a price below it is perceived as a gain and stimulates it. Because today's prices shape tomorrow's reference prices, a seller facing reference effects solves a dynamic problem even when demand is otherwise stationary. The single-product theory is classical: Popescu and Wu (2007) showed, for a broad class of demand models, that loss-averse consumers make optimal and myopic price paths converge monotonically, and Hu, Chen and Hu (2016) studied the cyclic behaviour that gain-seeking consumers can induce under linear demand.

Retailers sell many substitutable products, and the standard model of substitution is the multinomial logit (MNL). Guo, Jiang and Shen (2025) combine the two: each product has its own reference price and its own asymmetric sensitivities to gains and losses, and consumers choose among the products by MNL. This mission formalizes the paper's first set of results, on the myopic pricing policy, which maximises the current period's revenue at the current reference prices and ignores the effect on the future. Myopic pricing is both a widely used heuristic and the benchmark against which the optimal policy is measured later in the paper.

Setting

There are nnn products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. Product iii has an intrinsic utility ai∈Ra_i\in\mathbb Rai​∈R, a price sensitivity bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, and reference sensitivities ci+≥0c_i^+\ge0ci+​≥0 (to gains) and ci−≥0c_i^-\ge0ci−​≥0 (to losses). At price vector ppp and reference price vector rrr the deterministic utility of product iii is

ui(p,r)=ai−bipi+ci+(ri−pi)+−ci−(pi−ri)+,u_i(p,r)=a_i-b_ip_i+c_i^+(r_i-p_i)_+-c_i^-(p_i-r_i)_+ ,ui​(p,r)=ai​−bi​pi​+ci+​(ri​−pi​)+​−ci−​(pi​−ri​)+​,

the market share of product iii is qi(p,r)=eui/(1+∑keuk)q_i(p,r)=e^{u_i}/(1+\sum_k e^{u_k})qi​(p,r)=eui​/(1+∑k​euk​), and the single-period revenue is Π(p,r)=∑ipi qi(p,r)\Pi(p,r)=\sum_i p_i\,q_i(p,r)Π(p,r)=∑i​pi​qi​(p,r). Product iii is loss-averse if ci+<ci−c_i^+<c_i^-ci+​<ci−​, loss-neutral if ci+=ci−c_i^+=c_i^-ci+​=ci−​, and gain-seeking if ci+>ci−c_i^+>c_i^-ci+​>ci−​; the three sets are Nl,Nn,NgN_l,N_n,N_gNl​,Nn​,Ng​.

Prices and reference prices lie in the box Pn=[0,pH]n\mathcal P^n=[0,p_H]^nPn=[0,pH​]n with ceiling pH>0p_H>0pH​>0. A myopic policy pmp^mpm assigns to each r∈Pnr\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn a maximiser of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn; the maximum value is the optimal single-period revenue Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r). Reference prices follow exponential smoothing with memory α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1]:

rt+1=αrt+(1−α) pm(rt),r^{t+1}=\alpha r^t+(1-\alpha)\,p^m(r^t),rt+1=αrt+(1−α)pm(rt),

and {pm(rt)}t≥0\{p^m(r^t)\}_{t\ge0}{pm(rt)}t≥0​ is the myopic price path. A policy has a steady state if pm(r)=rp^m(r)=rpm(r)=r for some r∈Pnr\in\mathcal P^nr∈Pn.

The paper assumes throughout that pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​, where p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​ is the unique root of the scalar equation (9), p=χ+∑i1bi+ci+eai−bip+(bi+ci+)χ−1p=\chi+\sum_i \frac{1}{b_i+c_i^+}e^{a_i-b_ip+(b_i+c_i^+)\chi-1}p=χ+∑i​bi​+ci+​1​eai​−bi​p+(bi​+ci+​)χ−1 with χ=max⁡i1/(bi+min⁡{ci+,ci−})\chi=\max_i 1/(b_i+\min\{c_i^+,c_i^-\})χ=maxi​1/(bi​+min{ci+​,ci−​}). This ceiling assumption makes the ceiling non-binding for the myopic problem.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3, long-run behaviour of the myopic policy

For every myopic policy pmp^mpm and every r0∈Pnr^0\in\mathcal P^nr0∈Pn:

Ng=∅ ⟹ pm(rt)→L∈Pn, and pm(L)=L when α<1;N_g=\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ p^m(r^t)\to L\in\mathcal P^n,\ \text{and } p^m(L)=L \text{ when } \alpha<1;Ng​=∅ ⟹ pm(rt)→L∈Pn, and pm(L)=L when α<1; Ng≠∅ ⟹ pm(r)≠r  ∀r∈Pn, and the path does not converge when α<1.N_g\neq\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ p^m(r)\neq r\ \ \forall r\in\mathcal P^n,\ \text{and the path does not converge when } \alpha<1 .Ng​=∅ ⟹ pm(r)=r  ∀r∈Pn, and the path does not converge when α<1.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1.2 (p. 10): (9) has a unique root p^H\hat p_Hp^​H​, and for pH≥p^Hp_H\ge\hat p_HpH​≥p^​H​ the maximisers of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) over Pn\mathcal P^nPn are its maximisers over Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  2. Theorem 2 (p. 13): every myopic price is Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) plus an explicit constant that depends on the product's type and on where rir_iri​ lies relative to thresholds such as Πm(r)+Zi\Pi^m(r)+Z_iΠm(r)+Zi​, Zi=log⁡(bi+ci+)−log⁡(bi+ci−)ci+−ci−Z_i=\frac{\log(b_i+c_i^+)-\log(b_i+c_i^-)}{c_i^+-c_i^-}Zi​=ci+​−ci−​log(bi​+ci+​)−log(bi​+ci−​)​.
  3. Theorem 1 (p. 12): Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is the unique root of the scalar equation (13).
  4. Corollary 1 (p. 12): the right-hand side of (13) is non-increasing in Π\PiΠ.
  5. §3.1, p. 13: Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is non-decreasing in rrr.
  6. Corollary 2 (p. 16): if every product is loss-neutral, the myopic policy has a unique steady state pim⋆=Πm⋆+1/(bi+ci)p_i^{m\star}=\Pi^{m\star}+1/(b_i+c_i)pim⋆​=Πm⋆+1/(bi​+ci​), with Πm⋆\Pi^{m\star}Πm⋆ the unique root of (18), and the price paths of all products move synchronously.

Significance

Theorem 3 separates two regimes by consumer type alone. With loss-averse and loss-neutral consumers a seller who reprices myopically settles at a stable price vector; with even one gain-seeking product no price vector is self-reproducing, and myopic prices keep oscillating. Theorems 1 and 2 are the structural results behind this: they reduce a non-concave, non-smooth nnn-dimensional optimisation to one scalar equation with a monotone right-hand side, which is also how the myopic policy is computed in practice. The same structure is used later in the paper to bound the gap between myopic and optimal revenue.

All results are proved in the paper; the proofs are in its online supplement (Appendices B.1–B.5), which is not part of the source file used here. None of the results is formalized. The work in this mission is the first machine-checked treatment of MNL pricing with reference effects: global optimality of a candidate maximiser for a non-concave revenue, the analysis of a scalar root equation with piecewise definitions, and the dynamics of a map that is continuous without gain-seeking products and discontinuous with them.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2, setting the gradient of Π(⋅,r)\Pi(\cdot,r)Π(⋅,r) to zero, fails twice. The revenue has kinks at pi=rip_i=r_ipi​=ri​, so a maximiser may sit at a kink where no gradient exists; this is the middle branch pim=rip_i^m=r_ipim​=ri​ for loss-averse products. And the revenue is not concave in prices: for a gain-seeking product the first-order conditions have several solutions, and a global maximiser must be singled out among them. The usual reformulation of MNL pricing in market-share variables, which restores concavity without reference effects, does not survive the kinks.

For Theorem 3 the difficulty is dynamic. Without gain-seeking products the myopic map is continuous, but the flat middle branch of (14) makes it non-contracting, so the standard contraction arguments do not apply, and the limit depends on the starting point. With a gain-seeking product the map jumps at the threshold Πm+Zi\Pi^m+Z_iΠm+Zi​, so continuity-based arguments about the limit of the path are unavailable.

Formalization scope

Products are indexed by Fin n (0-based); vectors are Fin n → ℝ with the product topology and the coordinatewise order. The standing hypotheses bi>0b_i>0bi​>0, ci±≥0c_i^\pm\ge0ci±​≥0, α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], pH>0p_H>0pH​>0 and the ceiling assumption (as "some root of (9) is at most pHp_HpH​") appear as hypotheses of every theorem that needs them; Corollary 1 needs only b>0b>0b>0, c±≥0c^\pm\ge0c±≥0. The market shares (3) are defined directly, without the Gumbel derivation. χ\chiχ is an indexed supremum over Fin n (zero when n=0n=0n=0). The three sums of (13) are written as one sum whose term is chosen by product type.

Maximisers need not be unique, so a myopic policy is any selection of maximisers, and every statement holds for all selections; Πm(r)\Pi^m(r)Πm(r) is the revenue of an arbitrary maximiser. "The unique solution" is split into "is a solution" and "every solution equals it". The following deviations are disclosed in the items: at the threshold ri=Πm+Zir_i=\Pi^m+Z_iri​=Πm+Zi​ of (16) both prices are maximisers, so only "one of the two" is claimed there; the fixed-point property of the limit in Theorem 3, and every limit claim of Corollary 2, require α<1\alpha<1α<1, since at α=1\alpha=1α=1 the price path is the constant pm(r0)p^m(r^0)pm(r0); the non-convergence clause in Theorem 3.2 is an addition to the literal "no steady state". "Monotone decreasing" (Corollary 1) and "monotone increasing" (Corollary 2, §3.1) are read non-strictly.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: Theorem 3.2 quantifies over every reference price in the box and every myopic selection, Theorem 3.1 asserts convergence from every initial reference price rather than the existence of some fixed point, and Theorems 1–3 keep the ceiling assumption, without which the maximiser can sit on the boundary and (14)–(16) fail.

A complete development needs: continuity and compactness facts for the MNL revenue on a box; optimality conditions for the kinked, non-concave revenue; one-variable analysis of the piecewise-exponential right-hand side of (13); and convergence results for monotone or continuous recursions in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The MNL and reference-price infrastructure is reusable by the five other missions of this series. Contributions to any milestone, and alternative proofs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. A. Guo, H. Jiang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Multi-Product Dynamic Pricing with Reference Effects Under Logit Demand, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025; source used: SSRN 4189049, version of 2024-05-25. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4189049, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2024.0801
  • I. Popescu, Y. Wu, Dynamic Pricing Strategies with Reference Effects, Operations Research 55(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0393
  • Z. Hu, X. Chen, P. Hu, Dynamic Pricing with Gain-Seeking Reference Price Effects, Operations Research 64(1), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1446
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantile Optimization via Multiple Timescale Local Search for Black-box Functions: SPQO's Mean Absolute Error Decays as O(α_k/γ_k) + O(c_k²) + O(β_k^{1/2}/c_k) for Strongly Convex QuantilesResearch Paper

Why optimize a quantile of a black box

Risk-sensitive decisions are often judged by a quantile of an outcome rather than by its mean: the 95th percentile of waiting time in a service system, the value-at-risk of a portfolio, the tail of a project's completion time. When the outcome is produced by a stochastic simulation or another black box, its distribution is unknown and only samples are available, so neither the quantile nor its gradient can be evaluated. Hu, Song and Fu (arXiv:2308.07607, Operations Research, 2025) propose a local search method for this problem that uses three samples per iteration in any dimension, and they prove that its iterates converge almost surely and at an explicit rate.

Earlier approaches estimate the quantile gradient by finite differences of order statistics, which requires sample sizes growing to infinity (Kibzun and Matveev 2012), or run a multi-timescale stochastic approximation driven by direct gradient estimators such as perturbation analysis or likelihood ratios (Hu, Peng, Zhang and Zhang 2022), which a black box does not provide. The present paper estimates the gradient from indicator differences along a simultaneous perturbation in the spirit of Spall's SPSA (1992), using a coordinate-wise variant (SDQO) as a baseline whose cost grows with the dimension ddd, and, by its own account (p. 5), gives the first convergence rate for a three-timescale stochastic approximation scheme.

Setting

For every input θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd a black box returns a random output Y(θ)Y(\theta)Y(θ) with c.d.f. F(y;θ)F(y;\theta)F(y;θ) and density f(y;θ)=∂F(y;θ)/∂yf(y;\theta)=\partial F(y;\theta)/\partial yf(y;θ)=∂F(y;θ)/∂y. For a fixed level φ∈(0,1)\varphi\in(0,1)φ∈(0,1) the quantile function q(θ)q(\theta)q(θ) solves F(q(θ);θ)=φF(q(\theta);\theta)=\varphiF(q(θ);θ)=φ, and the problem is

min⁡θ∈Θq(θ),\min_{\theta\in\Theta} q(\theta),θ∈Θmin​q(θ),

where the parameter set Θ={θ:hj(θ)≤0, j=1,…,m}\Theta=\{\theta: h_j(\theta)\le0,\ j=1,\dots,m\}Θ={θ:hj​(θ)≤0, j=1,…,m} is compact and convex, with each hjh_jhj​ continuously differentiable and ∇hj≠0\nabla h_j\ne0∇hj​=0 on {hj=0}\{h_j=0\}{hj​=0}. Under smoothness, ∇q(θ)=−∇θF(y;θ)∣y=q(θ)/f(q(θ);θ)\nabla q(\theta)=-\nabla_\theta F(y;\theta)|_{y=q(\theta)}/f(q(\theta);\theta)∇q(θ)=−∇θ​F(y;θ)∣y=q(θ)​/f(q(θ);θ).

Algorithm SPQO keeps a quantile estimate qkq_kqk​, a gradient estimate DkD_kDk​ and the decision θk\theta_kθk​. With step sizes αk,βk,γk\alpha_k,\beta_k,\gamma_kαk​,βk​,γk​, perturbation sizes ckc_kck​, the adaptive perturbation cˉk=ck/max⁡{1,∥Dk∥/d}\bar c_k=c_k/\max\{1,\|D_k\|/\sqrt d\}cˉk​=ck​/max{1,∥Dk​∥/d​} and a random direction Δk∈{±1}d\Delta_k\in\{\pm1\}^dΔk​∈{±1}d with independent uniform signs,

qk+1=qk+γk(φ−I{Y(θk)≤qk}),Dk+1=Dk+βk −I{Y(θk+cˉkΔk)≤qk+cˉkDkTΔk}+I{Y(θk−cˉkΔk)≤qk−cˉkDkTΔk}2cˉkΔk,θk+1=ΠΘ(θk−αkDk),\begin{aligned} q_{k+1}&=q_k+\gamma_k\big(\varphi-I\{Y(\theta_k)\le q_k\}\big),\\ D_{k+1}&=D_k+\beta_k\,\frac{-I\{Y(\theta_k+\bar c_k\Delta_k)\le q_k+\bar c_kD_k^T\Delta_k\}+I\{Y(\theta_k-\bar c_k\Delta_k)\le q_k-\bar c_kD_k^T\Delta_k\}}{2\bar c_k\Delta_k},\\ \theta_{k+1}&=\Pi_\Theta(\theta_k-\alpha_kD_k), \end{aligned}qk+1​Dk+1​θk+1​​=qk​+γk​(φ−I{Y(θk​)≤qk​}),=Dk​+βk​2cˉk​Δk​−I{Y(θk​+cˉk​Δk​)≤qk​+cˉk​DkT​Δk​}+I{Y(θk​−cˉk​Δk​)≤qk​−cˉk​DkT​Δk​}​,=ΠΘ​(θk​−αk​Dk​),​

with division by Δk\Delta_kΔk​ taken componentwise and ΠΘ\Pi_\ThetaΠΘ​ the Euclidean projection onto Θ\ThetaΘ. The timescales are separated by αk=o(γk)\alpha_k=o(\gamma_k)αk​=o(γk​) and γk=o(βk)\gamma_k=o(\beta_k)γk​=o(βk​).

The analysis rests on assumptions A1–A3 (local smoothness of FFF and a lower bound on fff near the iterates; Rademacher directions; step-size conditions) and, for rates, B1–B3 (two-sided bounds on fff between qkq_kqk​ and q(θk)q(\theta_k)q(θk​); Lipschitz continuity of fff and ∇θF\nabla_\theta F∇θ​F in yyy; a lower bound ϱ>0\varrho>0ϱ>0 on the smallest eigenvalue of the Hessian H(θ)=∇2q(θ)H(\theta)=\nabla^2q(\theta)H(θ)=∇2q(θ) along the segments [θk,θ∗][\theta_k,\theta^*][θk​,θ∗]). Section 4 uses step sizes αk=a/kα\alpha_k=a/k^\alphaαk​=a/kα, βk=b/kβ\beta_k=b/k^\betaβk​=b/kβ, γk=r/kγ\gamma_k=r/k^\gammaγk​=r/kγ, ck=c/kτc_k=c/k^\tauck​=c/kτ with exponents in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 19)

Under A1–A3 and B1–B3, with the Section 4 step sizes, qqq twice continuously differentiable and θ∗\theta^*θ∗ the unique equilibrium of the projected gradient ODE (25), lying in the interior of Θ\ThetaΘ,

E[∥θk−θ∗∥]=O(αkγk)+O(ck2)+O(βk1/2ck).E\big[\|\theta_k-\theta^*\|\big]=O\Big(\frac{\alpha_k}{\gamma_k}\Big)+O\big(c_k^2\big)+O\Big(\frac{\beta_k^{1/2}}{c_k}\Big).E[∥θk​−θ∗∥]=O(γk​αk​​)+O(ck2​)+O(ck​βk1/2​​).

The constants are left unspecified: the goal asserts the shape of the rate, which is what the paper proves.

Milestones

  1. Display (4): the quantile gradient formula.
  2. Lemma 1: sup⁡kE∥Dk∥2<∞\sup_kE\|D_k\|^2<\inftysupk​E∥Dk​∥2<∞ and sup⁡k∥Dk∥<∞\sup_k\|D_k\|<\inftysupk​∥Dk​∥<∞ almost surely.
  3. Lemma 2: the conditional bias of the simultaneous-perturbation estimator is O(ck2)O(c_k^2)O(ck2​) almost surely and in mean.
  4. Theorem 1 (strictly convex case): θk→θ∗\theta_k\to\theta^*θk​→θ∗ almost surely.
  5. Lemma 3: ∑i=1k[∏j=i+1k(1−a/jp)](a/ip)w(i)=O(k−s)\sum_{i=1}^k\big[\prod_{j=i+1}^k(1-a/j^p)\big](a/i^p)w(i)=O(k^{-s})∑i=1k​[∏j=i+1k​(1−a/jp)](a/ip)w(i)=O(k−s) when w(i)=O(i−s)w(i)=O(i^{-s})w(i)=O(i−s).
  6. Lemma 4: E[(qk−q(θk))2]=O(αk/γk)+O(γk1/2)\sqrt{E[(q_k-q(\theta_k))^2]}=O(\alpha_k/\gamma_k)+O(\gamma_k^{1/2})E[(qk​−q(θk​))2]​=O(αk​/γk​)+O(γk1/2​).
  7. Lemma 5: E∥Dk−∇q(θk)∥2=O(αk/γk)+O(ck2)+O(βk1/2/ck)\sqrt{E\|D_k-\nabla q(\theta_k)\|^2}=O(\alpha_k/\gamma_k)+O(c_k^2)+O(\beta_k^{1/2}/c_k)E∥Dk​−∇q(θk​)∥2​=O(αk​/γk​)+O(ck2​)+O(βk1/2​/ck​).

Significance

The rate (27) makes the trade-off among the three timescales explicit: αk/γk\alpha_k/\gamma_kαk​/γk​ is the cost of tracking a moving quantile, ck2c_k^2ck2​ the bias of the perturbation, and βk1/2/ck\beta_k^{1/2}/c_kβk1/2​/ck​ its noise. Balancing them selects the step-size exponents, and the special cases recover the O(1/k)O(1/\sqrt k)O(1/k​) rate of recursive quantile estimation and Spall's SPSA rate. The intermediate results (moment bounds for a gradient tracker with adaptive perturbation, an O(ck2)O(c_k^2)O(ck2​) bias bound for an indicator-based SPSA estimator, and the weighted-sum estimate of Lemma 3) apply to other multi-timescale stochastic approximation schemes.

The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization would check a rate argument for three coupled recursions, a setting in which hypotheses are easily lost: the paper's own proofs use a bound on ∇θF\nabla_\theta F∇θ​F that A1 does not list, and one step of the proof of Theorem 3 (display (29)) treats a conditional mean as an unconditional one. The statement survives both, as recorded in the formalization notes.

Difficulty

The three recursions are coupled in both directions. The gradient tracker DkD_kDk​ is driven by indicator differences whose perturbation is itself scaled by DkD_kDk​, so the O(ck2)O(c_k^2)O(ck2​) bias holds only once DkD_kDk​ is known to be bounded, and boundedness must be shown with the adaptive cˉk\bar c_kcˉk​. The natural first idea, analyzing each recursion with the slower ones frozen, gives convergence but not rates: the targets q(θk)q(\theta_k)q(θk​) and ∇q(θk)\nabla q(\theta_k)∇q(θk​) move, and the error of each tracker must be bounded in mean square while the tracker it depends on is still converging. The rate also needs the almost-sure convergence of Theorem 1, which is an ODE-method argument for a projected, coupled scheme.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1. The black box is a family of laws μθ\mu_\thetaμθ​ on R\mathbb RR, defined for every θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd because SPQO samples outside Θ\ThetaΘ. A run lives on a probability space with a general filtration; initial values are deterministic with θ0∈Θ\theta_0\in\Thetaθ0​∈Θ; the sampling model fixes the conditional law of each output given the past (and Δk\Delta_kΔk​), which covers independent sampling and common random numbers. Expectations are Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and the bias of Lemma 2 is an explicit average over the 2d2^d2d sign vectors. O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is the paper's one-sided notion: a constant, depending on the instance and the run but not on kkk, times the rate, for all large kkk.

The following departures from the page are disclosed in every affected statement:

  • D1 the quantile step is projected onto a closed interval I⊇q(Θ)I\supseteq q(\Theta)I⊇q(Θ), the truncation the paper recommends on p. 13; I=RI=\mathbb RI=R is the printed recursion;
  • D2 step sizes use k+1k+1k+1 in place of kkk;
  • D3 A1 bounds the first derivatives of FFF, which the proofs use;
  • D4 only conditional marginal laws of the outputs are imposed;
  • D5 θ0∈Θ\theta_0\in\Thetaθ0​∈Θ;
  • D6 the Section 4 standing assumption (a unique globally asymptotically stable equilibrium θ∗\theta^*θ∗ of the projected ODE (25) in the interior of Θ\ThetaΘ) is stated in its equivalent first-order form: θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is interior and is the only θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ with −∇q(θ)-\nabla q(\theta)−∇q(θ) in the normal cone of Θ\ThetaΘ at θ\thetaθ (the equilibria of (25); qqq is a Lyapunov function for (25), so uniqueness gives global asymptotic stability);
  • D7 joint continuity of fff is required on R×Θ\mathbb R\times\ThetaR×Θ.

B3 is stated as the quadratic-form bound vTH(θ)v≥ϱ∥v∥2v^TH(\theta)v\ge\varrho\|v\|^2vTH(θ)v≥ϱ∥v∥2, equivalent to the eigenvalue bound for the symmetric Hessian. Theorem 1 is formalized only in its strictly convex clause.

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Without the truncation of D1 no run satisfies A1(b) or B1, so the untruncated statement would be vacuous. No statement takes a Bochner expectation or conditional expectation of a possibly non-integrable quantity. Gradients and Hessians of qqq are read only where qqq is C2C^2C2. No OOO-constant may depend on kkk.

A complete development needs stochastic approximation tools that Mathlib lacks: Robbins–Siegmund-type supermartingale convergence, the ODE method for projected recursions, and second-moment recursions for coupled trackers. These are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome for any milestone, and Lemma 3 is pure real analysis.

Selected references

  • J. Hu, M. Song, M. C. Fu, Quantile Optimization via Multiple Timescale Local Search for Black-box Functions, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2308.07607v1, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2308.07607
  • J. C. Spall, Multivariate stochastic approximation using a simultaneous perturbation gradient approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 37(3):332–341, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.119632
  • M. C. Fu, L. J. Hong, J.-Q. Hu, Conditional Monte Carlo estimation of quantile sensitivities, Management Science 55(12):2019–2027, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1090.1090
  • J. Hu, Y. Peng, G. Zhang, Q. Zhang, A stochastic approximation method for simulation-based quantile optimization, INFORMS Journal on Computing 34(6):2889–2907, 2022.
  • A. I. Kibzun, E. Matveev, Optimization of the quantile criterion for the convex loss function by a stochastic quasi-gradient algorithm, Annals of Operations Research 200(1):183–198, 2012.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Telehealth in Acute Care: Pay Parity and Patient Access: Under Pay Parity, for Duplicate-Visit Probability q in (q†, q*), Telehealth Maximizes Provider Revenue but Office-Only Maximizes AccessResearch Paper

Motivation

During the COVID-19 pandemic most U.S. payers began reimbursing a telehealth consultation at the same rate as the corresponding office visit, a policy called pay parity. Many states have since made it permanent, on the stated ground that it improves patients' access to care. In acute care (primary and urgent care) a telehealth visit sometimes cannot resolve the problem and the patient must also come to the office: a duplicate visit. Duplicate visits are paid as well, and they consume office capacity.

Çakıcı and Mills (MSOM 2024; this mission follows the SSRN working-paper version of August 19, 2024) model a provider who splits capacity between an office and a telehealth channel, and patients who choose a channel strategically. Their main finding for the setting in which demand exceeds capacity is that pay parity can make the provider's revenue-maximizing choice and the access-maximizing choice disagree: for a moderate duplicate-visit probability the provider prefers telehealth while patients are better served by an office-only practice. This mission formalizes that result and the equilibrium analysis on which it rests.

Setting

A provider serves at total rate μ\muμ and devotes the fraction θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] of its capacity, the telehealth commitment, to telehealth. Episodes of care arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ. Each patient balks (value 000), visits the office, or uses telehealth; a telehealth visit needs a duplicate office visit with probability qqq. A resolved episode is worth VVV; waiting costs hhh per unit of sojourn time; the co-payments are cOc_OcO​ and cTc_TcT​; an office visit costs an extra inconvenience τ\tauτ. With πO,πT\pi^O,\pi^TπO,πT the proportions choosing the office and telehealth, the expected sojourn times are

WO=1(1−θ)μ−(πO+qπT)λ,WT=1θμ−πTλ,W^O=\frac{1}{(1-\theta)\mu-(\pi^O+q\pi^T)\lambda},\qquad W^T=\frac{1}{\theta\mu-\pi^T\lambda},WO=(1−θ)μ−(πO+qπT)λ1​,WT=θμ−πTλ1​,

and the expected utilities are V−cO−τ−hWOV-c_O-\tau-hW^OV−cO​−τ−hWO (office) and V−cT−hWT−q(cO+τ+hWO)V-c_T-hW^T-q(c_O+\tau+hW^O)V−cT​−hWT−q(cO​+τ+hWO) (telehealth). A patient equilibrium is a split (πB,πO,πT)(\pi^B,\pi^O,\pi^T)(πB,πO,πT) in which every action used is a best response.

The paper assumes V>h/μ+cO+τV>h/\mu+c_O+\tauV>h/μ+cO​+τ, cT<cO+τc_T<c_O+\taucT​<cO​+τ, and, with κ(q)=h/μV−cT−q(cO+τ)\kappa(q)=\frac{h/\mu}{V-c_T-q(c_O+\tau)}κ(q)=V−cT​−q(cO​+τ)h/μ​, that 0<κ(q)≤1/(1+q)20<\kappa(q)\le 1/(1+\sqrt q)^20<κ(q)≤1/(1+q​)2. In the large-market setting some patients balk at every θ\thetaθ. There the equilibrium is of one of four types, by region of θ\thetaθ: balk/office on [0,θT][0,\theta^T][0,θT], balk/office/telehealth on (θT,θO)(\theta^T,\theta^O)(θT,θO), balk/telehealth on [θO,θˉ)[\theta^O,\bar\theta)[θO,θˉ), all-balk on [θˉ,1][\bar\theta,1][θˉ,1], with explicit thresholds θT,θO,θˉ\theta^T,\theta^O,\bar\thetaθT,θO,θˉ and explicit proportions πO(θ),πT(θ)\pi^O(\theta),\pi^T(\theta)πO(θ),πT(θ). The patient access rate and the provider's revenue rate under telehealth reimbursement rrr (office revenue RRR) are

A(θ)=(πO(θ)+πT(θ))λ,F(r,θ)=(RπO(θ)+(r+Rq)πT(θ))λ.A(\theta)=\bigl(\pi^O(\theta)+\pi^T(\theta)\bigr)\lambda,\qquad F(r,\theta)=\bigl(R\pi^O(\theta)+(r+Rq)\pi^T(\theta)\bigr)\lambda .A(θ)=(πO(θ)+πT(θ))λ,F(r,θ)=(RπO(θ)+(r+Rq)πT(θ))λ.

The commitment that maximizes telehealth usage in the balk/telehealth region is θ∗=(1−κ(q)(1−q)q)/(1+q)\theta^*=\bigl(1-\kappa(q)(1-q)\sqrt q\bigr)/(1+q)θ∗=(1−κ(q)(1−q)q​)/(1+q).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4 with the thresholds of Proposition 3

Fix all parameters except θ\thetaθ and qqq, with R>0R>0R>0. There are thresholds 0<q†<q∗<10<q^\dagger<q^*<10<q†<q∗<1 such that, for every admissible qqq, pay-parity revenue F(R,⋅)F(R,\cdot)F(R,⋅) is maximized over [0,1][0,1][0,1] at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ when q<q∗q<q^*q<q∗ and at 000 when q>q∗q>q^*q>q∗; access AAA is maximized at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ when q<q†q<q^\daggerq<q† and at 000 when q>q†q>q^\daggerq>q†; and for q†<q<q∗q^\dagger<q<q^*q†<q<q∗

A(θ∗)<A(0)andF(R,0)<F(R,θ∗).A(\theta^*)<A(0)\qquad\text{and}\qquad F(R,0)<F(R,\theta^*).A(θ∗)<A(0)andF(R,0)<F(R,θ∗).

The thresholds are existential; no closed form is fixed, so the statement survives any later computation of them.

Milestones

In attack order: Lemma 2 (order of θT,θO\theta^T,\theta^OθT,θO); Theorems 1–3 (where each equilibrium type occurs) and Lemma 3 (θˉ<1\bar\theta<1θˉ<1); Theorem 4 (shape of FFF in θ\thetaθ); Corollaries 1–2 (the maximizers of FFF and AAA are 000 or θ∗\theta^*θ∗); Proposition 3 (the two thresholds). Two further items are not milestones: the uniqueness of the large-market equilibrium proportions, and Proposition 5 (the reimbursement r~=R(1−q)\tilde r=R(1-q)r~=R(1−q) aligns the two objectives).

Significance

The result is the paper's argument against pay parity in acute care: when duplicate visits are neither rare nor frequent, paying telehealth at parity induces the provider to adopt it although fewer patients are then seen. Proposition 5 shows the misalignment disappears under the less-than-parity reimbursement R(1−q)R(1-q)R(1−q), which pays the same per patient seen through either channel. The thresholds q∗q^*q∗ and q†q^\daggerq† are what turn this into a policy statement about measurable duplicate-visit rates.

The paper proves these results by hand. None of them has a machine-checked proof, and nothing about strategic channel choice with duplicate service exists on Prove2Me. Formalizing them checks a case analysis with four regions, two square-root closed forms and an intermediate-value argument in qqq. The formalization has already exposed two places where the printed statements need a hypothesis (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

Each step is elementary; the difficulty is bookkeeping. The equilibrium characterization requires solving the indifference conditions in each region and choosing the root of a quadratic that gives stable queues. The shape results require continuity of AAA and FFF across region boundaries and concavity of a function of the form cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2c\theta-\sqrt{\kappa^2+(a-b\theta)^2}cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2​. The obvious comparison of the closed-form values at 000 and at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ does not suffice on its own: the closed-form value at θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is the revenue only when θ∗\theta^*θ∗ lies in the balk/telehealth region, which fails for some admissible parameters. Whether that failure matters for the maximization is the central question.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued closed forms in the namespace TelehealthParity.Access. The definition Setting holds the parameters (the arrival rate is lam, since λ is a Lean keyword), κ,θT,θO,θˉ,θ∗\kappa,\theta^T,\theta^O,\bar\theta,\theta^*κ,θT,θO,θˉ,θ∗, the region-wise proportions, AAA, FFF, the large-market condition and the predicate Admissible p q. The definition Equilibrium holds the sojourn times, utilities and the equilibrium predicate. Conventions:

  • Lemma 1 (the sojourn times) is adopted as the model, as in the paper; no queueing theory is formalized.
  • A channel whose queue is unstable is unavailable: it cannot be used and constrains nothing. This is how the paper discards the unstable root in the balk/telehealth region.
  • "Large market" (stated verbally on p. 12) is encoded as A(θ)<λA(\theta)<\lambdaA(θ)<λ for all θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1].
  • Admissible p q collects 0<q<10<q<10<q<1, assumption (6), Lemma 2's ordering condition, the large market, and (1−q)V−cT>0(1-q)V-c_T>0(1−q)V−cT​>0. The last is not printed; the proof of Lemma 2 presumes it, and Lemma 2 fails without it.
  • R>0R>0R>0 is added where strictness needs it: Theorem 4, the goal, and Proposition 5. The paper allows R≥0R\ge0R≥0.
  • Corollary 1 carries the added hypothesis "r≤Rr\le Rr≤R or θO≤θ∗\theta^O\le\theta^*θO≤θ∗". As printed, for every r>0r>0r>0, it is false for some r>Rr>Rr>R, where the maximizer is θO\theta^OθO.
  • "Maximized at" is IsMaxOn over [0,1][0,1][0,1]; "linear" is affine.

Excluded trivializations. AAA, FFF and θ∗\theta^*θ∗ are closed forms, not suprema or argmaxes. The goal states the strict misalignment and the full threshold characterization, not a comparison with one point. A sorry-free sanity check shows that the hypotheses hold on an admissible instance in the misaligned range (V=4V=4V=4, cT=cO=τ=1c_T=c_O=\tau=1cT​=cO​=τ=1, h=1/2h=1/2h=1/2, μ=1\mu=1μ=1, λ=2\lambda=2λ=2, q=1/25q=1/25q=1/25).

Welcome contributions are proofs of any milestone. The real-analysis lemmas (concavity of cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2c\theta-\sqrt{\kappa^2+(a-b\theta)^2}cθ−κ2+(a−bθ)2​, maximization of piecewise functions that are continuous across region boundaries) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Ö. E. Çakıcı and A. F. Mills, Telehealth in Acute Care: Pay Parity and Patient Access, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.0345 (SSRN working paper, version of August 19, 2024, followed here).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Managing Resources for Shared Micromobility: Approximate Optimality in Large-Scale Systems: The Transient-Horizon Mean-Field Policy Has Optimality Gap at Most γCγᵀ/(1 − γ)Research Paper

Rebalancing shared vehicles at scale

Shared bike and scooter systems (micromobility) must decide, every period, how to move vehicles between stations, which depleted vehicles to recharge, and how many vehicles to source from or return to a central warehouse. Customer trips redistribute the fleet in the meantime, and some vehicles come back with a depleted battery. For a realistic network, the exact Markov decision process has a state space that grows exponentially in the number of stations, so its optimal policy cannot be computed.

Akturk, Candogan and Gupta (Management Science, 2022; preprint SSRN 4155841) group stations into finitely many types and replace the stochastic network by a deterministic mean-field model that tracks, for each type, the fraction of stations holding each number of charged vehicles and the scaled stock of depleted vehicles. They show that the mean-field model is asymptotically exact as the number of stations grows (their Theorem 3.4), and they propose a control algorithm for it whose optimality gap they bound explicitly (their Theorem 4.2). This mission formalizes the second result.

The compact mean-field model

There are e^\hat ee^ station types, with nen_ene​ stations of type eee and n=∑enen = \sum_e n_en=∑e​ne​ in total. A customer leaving a type-e′e'e′ station returns the vehicle at a type-eee station with probability pe′,e=newe′,e/∑e2we′,e2ne2p_{e',e} = n_e w_{e',e}/\sum_{e_2} w_{e',e_2} n_{e_2}pe′,e​=ne​we′,e​/∑e2​​we′,e2​​ne2​​. Demand at a type-eee station has a law DeD^eDe on N0\mathbb N_0N0​ with finite mean and variance; a returned vehicle is still charged with probability qqq, and costs are discounted by γ∈[0,1)\gamma \in [0, 1)γ∈[0,1).

The extended types are 000 (the warehouse), 1,…,e^1, \dots, \hat e1,…,e^ (charged vehicles of each type) and e^+1,…,2e^\hat e + 1, \dots, 2\hat ee^+1,…,2e^ (the depleted stock of each type). Moving one vehicle from extended type e1e_1e1​ to e2e_2e2​ costs ce1,e2c_{e_1,e_2}ce1​,e2​​, with ce1,e2≥ce1,e1/2+ce2,e2/2c_{e_1,e_2} \ge c_{e_1,e_1}/2 + c_{e_2,e_2}/2ce1​,e2​​≥ce1​,e1​​/2+ce2​,e2​​/2.

An action a^∈A^\hat a \in \hat Aa^∈A^ is a post-rebalancing distribution: fractions a^e,d≥0\hat a_{e,d} \ge 0a^e,d​≥0 of stations of type eee holding ddd vehicles, supported on {Le,…,Ue}\{L^e, \dots, U^e\}{Le,…,Ue} and summing to ne/nn_e/nne​/n, and a scaled depleted stock a^e,r∈[Lr,e,Ur,e]\hat a_{e,r} \in [L^{r,e}, U^{r,e}]a^e,r​∈[Lr,e,Ur,e]. A state x˘∈X˘\breve x \in \breve Xx˘∈X˘ records the fractions x˘e,d\breve x_{e,d}x˘e,d​ for d≤Ued \le U^ed≤Ue, the depleted stock x˘e,r\breve x_{e,r}x˘e,r​, and two aggregates x˘e,s,x˘e,u\breve x_{e,s}, \breve x_{e,u}x˘e,s​,x˘e,u​ of the vehicles above UeU^eUe, within the bounds of the paper's Appendix F.

The next state x˘′(a^)\breve x'(\hat a)x˘′(a^) depends on the action only, through the transitions (F.1)–(F.5): demand removes min⁡(b,De)\min(b, D^e)min(b,De) vehicles from a station holding bbb, and an independent Poisson number R^e\hat R^eR^e of charged vehicles arrives, with a rate (3.2) that is linear in the action's expected trips. Each period costs c^2(x˘,a^)+N^(a^)\hat c_2(\breve x, \hat a) + \hat N(\hat a)c^2​(x˘,a^)+N^(a^), where

  • c^2\hat c_2c^2​ (F.6) is a truncated Wasserstein term plus nnn times the optimal value of a min-cost-flow problem between the extended types;
  • N^\hat NN^ (3.4) is the expected holding and shortage cost.

The value function V^(x˘)\hat V(\breve x)V^(x˘) is the infimum over action sequences in A^\hat AA^ of ∑k≥0γk(c^2(x˘k,ak)+N^(ak))\sum_{k \ge 0}\gamma^k(\hat c_2(\breve x^k, a_k) + \hat N(a_k))∑k≥0​γk(c^2​(x˘k,ak​)+N^(ak​)), where x˘0=x˘\breve x^0 = \breve xx˘0=x˘ and x˘k+1=x˘′(ak)\breve x^{k+1} = \breve x'(a_k)x˘k+1=x˘′(ak​).

The algorithm. Given x˘\breve xx˘ and a transient horizon T≥0T \ge 0T≥0, solve the finite program (4.1): choose a~0,…,a~T∈A^\tilde a^0, \dots, \tilde a^T \in \hat Aa~0,…,a~T∈A^ to minimize

∑k=0T−1γk(c^2(x˘k,a~k)+N^(a~k))+γTc^2(x˘T,a~T)+γT1−γ(γc^2(x˘T+1,a~T)+N^(a~T)),\sum_{k=0}^{T-1}\gamma^k\big(\hat c_2(\breve x^k, \tilde a^k) + \hat N(\tilde a^k)\big) + \gamma^T\hat c_2(\breve x^T, \tilde a^T) + \frac{\gamma^T}{1-\gamma}\big(\gamma\hat c_2(\breve x^{T+1}, \tilde a^T) + \hat N(\tilde a^T)\big),k=0∑T−1​γk(c^2​(x˘k,a~k)+N^(a~k))+γTc^2​(x˘T,a~T)+1−γγT​(γc^2​(x˘T+1,a~T)+N^(a~T)),

then play a~0,…,a~T−1\tilde a^0, \dots, \tilde a^{T-1}a~0,…,a~T−1 and repeat a~T\tilde a^Ta~T forever ((4.2)–(4.3)). Call this policy π~\tilde\piπ~ and its discounted cost V^π~(x˘)\hat V_{\tilde\pi}(\breve x)V^π~​(x˘).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

For every T≥0T \ge 0T≥0, every x˘∈X˘\breve x \in \breve Xx˘∈X˘ and every minimizer of (4.1),

V^π~(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤γ1−γ C γT,and, if q=0,V^π~(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤C γT,\hat V_{\tilde\pi}(\breve x) - \hat V(\breve x) \le \frac{\gamma}{1-\gamma}\,C\,\gamma^T, \qquad\text{and, if } q = 0,\qquad \hat V_{\tilde\pi}(\breve x) - \hat V(\breve x) \le C\,\gamma^T,V^π~​(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤1−γγ​CγT,and, if q=0,V^π~​(x˘)−V^(x˘)≤CγT,

where

C=2∑e=1e^(nemax⁡(c0,e,ce,0)(Ue−Le)+nmax⁡(c0,e^+e,ce^+e,0)(Ur,e−Lr,e)).C = 2\sum_{e=1}^{\hat e}\Big(n_e\max(c_{0,e}, c_{e,0})(U^e - L^e) + n\max(c_{0,\hat e+e}, c_{\hat e+e,0})(U^{r,e} - L^{r,e})\Big).C=2e=1∑e^​(ne​max(c0,e​,ce,0​)(Ue−Le)+nmax(c0,e^+e​,ce^+e,0​)(Ur,e−Lr,e)).

Milestones

  1. (3.6): V^\hat VV^ satisfies the Bellman equation V^(x˘)=min⁡a^∈A^c^2(x˘,a^)+N^(a^)+γV^(x˘′(a^))\hat V(\breve x) = \min_{\hat a \in \hat A}\hat c_2(\breve x, \hat a) + \hat N(\hat a) + \gamma\hat V(\breve x'(\hat a))V^(x˘)=mina^∈A^​c^2​(x˘,a^)+N^(a^)+γV^(x˘′(a^)) on X˘\breve XX˘, with the minimum attained.
  2. §4.1, p. 26: the cost of π~\tilde\piπ~ equals the optimal value of (4.1).
  3. Lemma H.7: c^2(x˘,a^)≤c^2(x˘,z^)+c^2(z^,a^)\hat c_2(\breve x, \hat a) \le \hat c_2(\breve x, \hat z) + \hat c_2(\hat z, \hat a)c^2​(x˘,a^)≤c^2​(x˘,z^)+c^2​(z^,a^), an action read as a state.
  4. Lemma H.9: c^2(a^1,a^2)≤C/2\hat c_2(\hat a^1, \hat a^2) \le C/2c^2​(a^1,a^2)≤C/2 for all a^1,a^2∈A^\hat a^1, \hat a^2 \in \hat Aa^1,a^2∈A^.
  5. Lemma H.8: under the triangle inequality, there is an optimal policy with π^∗(π^∗(x˘))=π^∗(x˘)\hat\pi^*(\hat\pi^*(\breve x)) = \hat\pi^*(\breve x)π^∗(π^∗(x˘))=π^∗(x˘).
  6. Proposition H.3: for q=0q = 0q=0, the dynamic program has a fixed point x˘f=x˘′(a^f)\breve x^f = \breve x'(\hat a^f)x˘f=x˘′(a^f) with a^f\hat a^fa^f optimal at x˘f\breve x^fx˘f (Definition H.1).

Significance

Theorem 4.2 makes the algorithm a certified approximation scheme. It turns an infinite-horizon problem into a finite program of T+1T + 1T+1 actions, and the loss from doing so decays geometrically in TTT, uniformly over the initial state, with a constant that depends only on the rebalancing costs and the action bounds. For q=0q = 0q=0 the transitions are affine, the program (4.1) becomes a linear program (the paper's Appendix G), and the sharper bound CγTC\gamma^TCγT applies.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix H), but not formalized anywhere. A formal proof combines a triangle inequality for an LP-valued cost, a dynamic-programming principle with attainment on a compact action set, and a fixed-point argument for a convex deterministic dynamic program. The paper has several small printed slips on this path (for example, Proposition H.10 states the q=0q = 0q=0 constant without the factor 222 that its proof produces); the formal statements fix the corrected reading.

Difficulty

The bound is not a truncation estimate. Cutting the discounted sum at TTT gives a gap proportional to the per-period cost, not to CCC. The comparison has to be made against an optimal action sequence, whose first T+1T + 1T+1 actions are feasible for (4.1). After period TTT, the optimal sequence and π~\tilde\piπ~ diverge, and the cost of that divergence must be controlled by the cost of moving between two actions, which requires:

  • the triangle inequality for c^2\hat c_2c^2​, whose flow component is the value of a linear program, not a closed form;
  • the fact that, once rebalanced to an optimal action, staying there is optimal (Lemma H.8);
  • the bound of Lemma H.9 on the cost between any two feasible actions.

The q=0q = 0q=0 bound needs, in addition, a steady state of the controlled system (Proposition H.3), which rests on a fixed-point theorem for convex deterministic dynamic programs (Flynn 1979). The Bellman equation itself is not free: with V^\hat VV^ defined as an infimum over sequences, attainment of the minimum needs continuity of c^2\hat c_2c^2​, N^\hat NN^, the transition and V^\hat VV^ on the compact action set.

Formalization scope

Types are Fin ê (0-based) and the extended types are Fin (2ê+1) with chg e and dep e for the paper's eee and e^+e\hat e + ee^+e. Level vectors are functions N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R that vanish outside their support. P[b−min⁡(b,De)+R^e=d]\mathbb P[b - \min(b, D^e) + \hat R^e = d]P[b−min(b,De)+R^e=d] is the convolution of the demand law with the Poisson law, so DeD^eDe and R^e\hat R^eR^e are independent, as the paper presupposes. V^\hat VV^ is the infimum over the subtype of A^\hat AA^-valued sequences (p. 18 and Proposition F.3), and (3.6) is posed as a milestone rather than used as a definition. X˘\breve XX˘ is formalized as printed on p. A-22. The policy cost is the discounted cost of a~0,…,a~T−1,a~T,a~T,…\tilde a^0, \dots, \tilde a^{T-1}, \tilde a^T, \tilde a^T, \dotsa~0,…,a~T−1,a~T,a~T,…, where a~\tilde aa~ is a hypothesis-given minimizer of (4.1). Everything is time-homogeneous and stated at t=0t = 0t=0.

Standing assumptions, as one predicate on the model: 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1, 0≤q≤10 \le q \le 10≤q≤1, ne≥1n_e \ge 1ne​≥1, w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 with positive normalizers, Le≤UeL^e \le U^eLe≤Ue, 0≤Lr,e≤Ur,e0 \le L^{r,e} \le U^{r,e}0≤Lr,e≤Ur,e, finite second moments of DeD^eDe, the cost assumption ce1,e2≥ce1,e1/2+ce2,e2/2c_{e_1,e_2} \ge c_{e_1,e_1}/2 + c_{e_2,e_2}/2ce1​,e2​​≥ce1​,e1​​/2+ce2​,e2​​/2, c0,0=0c_{0,0} = 0c0,0​=0, ce^+e,e^+e=0c_{\hat e+e,\hat e+e} = 0ce^+e,e^+e​=0. Two additions are disclosed: γ≥0\gamma \ge 0γ≥0, and ce1,e2≥0c_{e_1,e_2} \ge 0ce1​,e2​​≥0, without which Lemma H.9 and the goal fail (the right-hand side could be negative).

Trivializing formalizations are excluded: V^\hat VV^ ranges only over A^\hat AA^-valued sequences, the policy is tied to a minimizer of (4.1) and to no other objective, the flow value is an infimum over a nonempty set bounded below (warehouse routing is always feasible), and CCC uses c0,ec_{0,e}c0,e​, ce,0c_{e,0}ce,0​, c0,e^+ec_{0,\hat e+e}c0,e^+e​, ce^+e,0c_{\hat e+e,0}ce^+e,0​ with the paper's indexing and the factor 222.

Two general objects are separate definitions on which the model is built: a discounted deterministic dynamic program (trajectory, discounted cost, value as an infimum over admissible action sequences) and the uncapacitated transshipment LP on a complete digraph with free nodes. Both are reusable beyond this mission. A complete development further needs Poisson tail sums, subadditivity of the flow value, compactness of A^\hat AA^, a dynamic-programming principle and a fixed-point theorem for convex deterministic programs. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the q=0q = 0q=0 fixed point, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Akturk, O. Candogan, V. Gupta, Managing Resources for Shared Micromobility: Approximate Optimality in Large-Scale Systems, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.02023 (read as SSRN 4155841, version of 2024-05-22: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4155841)
  • J. Flynn, Steady state policies for deterministic dynamic programs, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 37(1):128–147, 1979 (as cited in the paper's appendix references).
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Experimental DesignProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective 1: With T^η Uniform Pigeonholes on [0,1] the Expected Discrepancy Is O(T^(1/2−η/2) + T^(η/2)(log T)^(1/2))Research Paper

Motivation

Online platforms run controlled experiments in which subjects (users, sessions, sellers) arrive one at a time and must be assigned to control or treatment on arrival, before later subjects are seen. A good design makes the two groups look alike in their observed covariates, because covariate imbalance inflates the variance of treatment-effect estimates. Classical offline remedies such as matched-pair designs need all covariates in advance, and the simplest online design, complete randomization, ignores covariates altogether.

Zhao and Zhou (arXiv:2201.12936, Management Science 2025) measure imbalance by the cost of the best one-to-one matching between the treated and the control subjects, which links sequential experimental design to online matching. They propose the pigeonhole design: partition the covariate space into cells and, inside each cell, assign each arrival to the group that is currently short there. This mission formalizes their main upper bound for one continuous covariate.

Setting

A horizon TTT, assumed even, of subjects arrives sequentially. Subject ttt carries a covariate xt∈[0,1]x_t\in[0,1]xt​∈[0,1], and the whole sequence x=(x1,…,xT)x=(x_1,\dots,x_T)x=(x1​,…,xT​) is fixed in advance by an adversary who does not see the randomization (an oblivious adversary). Each subject is assigned, at arrival and irrevocably, to the control group AAA or the treated group BBB, and in the end ∣A∣=∣B∣=T/2|A|=|B|=T/2∣A∣=∣B∣=T/2.

The discrepancy of a split is the cost of a minimum-weight perfect matching between the two groups (display (1) of the paper):

dA,B=min⁡e:A→B bijective ∑a∈A∣xa−xe(a)∣.d_{A,B}=\min_{e:A\to B\ \text{bijective}}\ \sum_{a\in A}|x_a-x_{e(a)}| .dA,B​=e:A→B bijectivemin​ a∈A∑​∣xa​−xe(a)​∣.

The completely randomized design chooses AAA uniformly among the (TT/2)\binom{T}{T/2}(T/2T​) subsets of size T/2T/2T/2; its expected discrepancy is written ALGC(x)\mathrm{ALG}^{\mathsf C}(x)ALGC(x).

A pigeonhole design takes a partition of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into cells. When subject ttt arrives: (1) if one group already holds T/2T/2T/2 subjects, ttt joins the other; (2) otherwise, if the cell of xtx_txt​ currently holds fewer control than treated subjects, ttt joins control, if fewer treated, ttt joins treatment, and on a tie a fair coin decides. Its expected discrepancy is the average of dA,Bd_{A,B}dA,B​ over the coins.

The uniform pigeonholes with parameter η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) are the TηT^{\eta}Tη cells [0,T−η),[T−η,2T−η),…,[1−T−η,1][0,T^{-\eta}),[T^{-\eta},2T^{-\eta}),\dots,[1-T^{-\eta},1][0,T−η),[T−η,2T−η),…,[1−T−η,1].

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3

For every fixed η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) there are C>0C>0C>0 and T0T_0T0​ such that, for every even T≥T0T\ge T_0T≥T0​ and every x∈[0,1]Tx\in[0,1]^Tx∈[0,1]T, the pigeonhole design with uniform pigeonholes satisfies

E[dA,B] ≤ C(T12−η2+Tη2(log⁡T)12).\mathbb E\bigl[d_{A,B}\bigr]\ \le\ C\Bigl(T^{\frac12-\frac\eta2}+T^{\frac\eta2}(\log T)^{\frac12}\Bigr).E[dA,B​] ≤ C(T21​−2η​+T2η​(logT)21​).

The constant may depend on η\etaη but on nothing else. Corollary 1, the case η=1/2\eta=1/2η=1/2 giving O(T1/4(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{1/4}(\log T)^{1/2})O(T1/4(logT)1/2), is included as a separate statement.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Hoeffding's inequality for a binomial with deviation nlog⁡n\sqrt{n\log n}nlogn​ (Lemma EC.1).
  2. The value of ALGC\mathrm{ALG}^{\mathsf C}ALGC on the two-point instance (0,…,0,1,…,1)(0,\dots,0,1,\dots,1)(0,…,0,1,…,1) (Lemma EC.4, with corrected constant).
  3. Permutation invariance of the completely randomized design (Lemma EC.5).
  4. ALGC\mathrm{ALG}^{\mathsf C}ALGC is Θ(T1/2)\Theta(T^{1/2})Θ(T1/2) in the worst case (Lemma 2).
  5. Every run of a pigeonhole design is balanced (remark after Definition 3).
  6. A median-crossing swap does not decrease the single-cell design's expected discrepancy (Lemma EC.7, corrected).
  7. The single-cell design has expected discrepancy O(T1/2)O(T^{1/2})O(T1/2) (Proposition EC.1).
  8. At the stopping time τ\tauτ, each cell has at most one unmatched subject and ∣Hτ0−Hτ1∣=T−τ|H^0_\tau-H^1_\tau|=T-\tau∣Hτ0​−Hτ1​∣=T−τ.
  9. The subjects matched inside cells contribute O(T1/2−η/2)O(T^{1/2-\eta/2})O(T1/2−η/2) (Component 1).
  10. The unmatched subjects and the last T−τT-\tauT−τ subjects contribute O(Tη/2(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{\eta/2}(\log T)^{1/2})O(Tη/2(logT)1/2) (Component 2).

Significance

Lemma 3 shows that a simple, time-invariant, covariate-aware online rule beats complete randomization by a polynomial factor: with η=1/2\eta=1/2η=1/2 the expected discrepancy is O(T1/4(log⁡T)1/2)O(T^{1/4}(\log T)^{1/2})O(T1/4(logT)1/2), against Θ(T1/2)\Theta(T^{1/2})Θ(T1/2) for complete randomization (Lemma 2). A companion result of the paper (Lemma 4) shows that no pigeonhole design does better than Ω(T1/4)\Omega(T^{1/4})Ω(T1/4), so the bound is tight up to the logarithm. The same two-component argument underlies the paper's multi-dimensional result.

The paper proves these statements in an e-companion; none is machine-checked. A formalization adds the following. It fixes the exact model behind each expectation, namely an average over coin vectors with the balancing rule included. It repairs the places where the printed argument does not close as written. The printed constant of Lemma EC.4 is wrong, and the stated value here is the corrected one. Lemma EC.7 is false as printed in its strict form and trivial in its weak form, and the stated version is the one the proof actually establishes. The printed proof of Lemma 2 passes through a lemma (EC.6) that is false. Component 2 relies on a conditional binomial law that does not hold literally. A complete development would certify Lemma 3 independently of these slips.

Difficulty

The natural first idea is to bound each cell separately and add the results. This handles subjects that are paired inside their own cell, but it leaves out the balancing rule. Once one group is full, every later subject is forced into the other group regardless of its covariate. These forced subjects can be far from everything they are matched to. The number of forced subjects, T−τT-\tauT−τ, equals the imbalance among the cells' leftover subjects, which is random and read at a random time. Bounding its expectation requires a concentration argument that is uniform over time.

A second difficulty is the per-cell bound itself. Inside one cell the design pairs consecutive arrivals with random orientation, but the number of pairs in a cell is random and depends on the stopping time. A bound of the form c ℓnc\,\ell\sqrt ncℓn​ for a cell of length ℓ\ellℓ holding nnn subjects must therefore survive a coin-dependent truncation. Finally, the discrepancy is a minimum over matchings, so every upper bound must exhibit a matching, and every comparison between instances (Lemma EC.7) is an exchange argument over all coin outcomes.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace PigeonholeDesign.Upper, and the conventions are fixed as follows:

  • Time and assignments. Subjects are indexed by Fin T, from 000, so the paper's subject ttt is index t−1t-1t−1, and its odd index iii is an even 0-based position. An assignment is Fin T → Bool, with true meaning treated.
  • Discrepancy. The minimum over bijections between the two groups of the summed distances, which equals the assignment problem (1). When the groups differ in size this infimum is Lean's junk value 000. The balance milestone shows that the designs never produce such a split.
  • Randomness. The pigeonhole design is run on a coin vector in {0,1}T\{0,1\}^T{0,1}T, and coin ttt is read only when subject ttt meets a tie. Every expectation is the average over all 2T2^T2T coin vectors (respectively over all (TT/2)\binom{T}{T/2}(T/2T​) control sets), never one run or the best run.
  • Partition. The printed partition has TηT^{\eta}Tη cells, which is not an integer in general. It is pinned as K=⌈Tη⌉K=\lceil T^{\eta}\rceilK=⌈Tη⌉ equal cells of length 1/K≤T−η1/K\le T^{-\eta}1/K≤T−η, with the last cell closed. This coincides with the printed one when TηT^\etaTη is an integer.
  • Asymptotics. "O(f(T))O(f(T))O(f(T))" means that there exist C>0C>0C>0 and T0T_0T0​, chosen before TTT and xxx, depending only on η\etaη (an absolute CCC where the page says "absolute constant"). "Θ\ThetaΘ" means both bounds. The logarithm is natural.
  • Corrected statements. Lemma EC.4 uses 1/2π1/\sqrt{2\pi}1/2π​ in place of the printed 1/π1/\sqrt\pi1/π​. Lemma EC.7 is the non-strict inequality for the specific swap of positions i+1i+1i+1 and j+1j+1j+1. Component 2 states only its conclusion. Lemma EC.6 is not posed.

Several formalizations would make the statements easy for the wrong reason, and the statements rule them out. The junk value 000 of an unbalanced split never applies, because the designs are balanced. A bound on a single run, or on the best run, in place of the average over all coin vectors is not the claim. Constants may not depend on TTT or xxx. The partition is fixed, and the statements do not range over arbitrary partitions.

A complete development needs:

  • finite combinatorics of the design run;
  • one-dimensional matching (on the line the sorted matching is optimal);
  • binomial and hypergeometric tail and mean-absolute-deviation estimates;
  • a central-binomial asymptotic for Lemma EC.4.

The design definitions and the balance lemma are reusable by the paper's lower-bound and multi-dimensional missions. Contributions of any milestone, of alternative proofs that bypass the faulty printed steps, and of sharper constants are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Zhao and Z. Zhou, Pigeonhole Design: Balancing Sequential Experiments from an Online Matching Perspective, arXiv:2201.12936v6 (2024); Management Science (2025). https://arxiv.org/abs/2201.12936
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
  • C. R. Blyth, Expected absolute error of the usual estimator of the binomial parameter, The American Statistician 34 (1980) 155–157. https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.1980.10483022
  • D. Bertsimas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific (1997), Chapter 7.8 (assignment problem).
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 84 of 104Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me